wxPython/src/msw/_core.py

   1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.29.
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead.
   3
   4 import _core_
   5 import new
   6 new_instancemethod = new.instancemethod
   7 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,static=1):
   8     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
   9     if (name == "this"):
  10         if type(value).__name__ == 'PySwigObject':
  11             self.__dict__[name] = value
  12             return
  13     method = class_type.__swig_setmethods__.get(name,None)
  14     if method: return method(self,value)
  15     if (not static) or hasattr(self,name):
  16         self.__dict__[name] = value
  17     else:
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  19
  20 def _swig_setattr(self,class_type,name,value):
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,0)
  22
  23 def _swig_getattr(self,class_type,name):
  24     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own()
  25     method = class_type.__swig_getmethods__.get(name,None)
  26     if method: return method(self)
  27     raise AttributeError,name
  28
  29 def _swig_repr(self):
  30     try: strthis = "proxy of " + self.this.__repr__()
  31     except: strthis = ""
  32     return "<%s.%s; %s >" % (self.__class__.__module__, self.__class__.__name__, strthis,)
  33
  34 import types
  35 try:
  36     _object = types.ObjectType
  37     _newclass = 1
  38 except AttributeError:
  39     class _object : pass
  40     _newclass = 0
  41 del types
  42
  43
  44 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set):
  45     def set_attr(self,name,value):
  46         if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
  47         if hasattr(self,name) or (name == "this"):
  48             set(self,name,value)
  49         else:
  50             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  51     return set_attr
  52
  53
  54 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension
  55 #// code.
  56 _core_._wxPySetDictionary(vars())
  57
  58 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can
  59 #// be used here.
  60 import sys as _sys
  61 wx = _sys.modules[__name__]
  62
  63
  64 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  65
  66 def _deprecated(callable, msg=None):
  67     """
  68     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning
  69     before calling the callable.
  70     """
  71     if msg is None:
  72         msg = "%s is deprecated" % callable
  73     def deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs):
  74         import warnings
  75         warnings.warn(msg, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel=2)
  76         return callable(*args, **kwargs)
  77     deprecatedWrapper.__doc__ = msg
  78     return deprecatedWrapper
  79
  80
  81 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  82
  83 NOT_FOUND = _core_.NOT_FOUND
  84 VSCROLL = _core_.VSCROLL
  85 HSCROLL = _core_.HSCROLL
  86 CAPTION = _core_.CAPTION
  87 DOUBLE_BORDER = _core_.DOUBLE_BORDER
  88 SUNKEN_BORDER = _core_.SUNKEN_BORDER
  89 RAISED_BORDER = _core_.RAISED_BORDER
  90 BORDER = _core_.BORDER
  91 SIMPLE_BORDER = _core_.SIMPLE_BORDER
  92 STATIC_BORDER = _core_.STATIC_BORDER
  93 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW = _core_.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
  94 NO_BORDER = _core_.NO_BORDER
  95 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER = _core_.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
  96 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE = _core_.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
  97 TAB_TRAVERSAL = _core_.TAB_TRAVERSAL
  98 WANTS_CHARS = _core_.WANTS_CHARS
  99 POPUP_WINDOW = _core_.POPUP_WINDOW
 100 CENTER_FRAME = _core_.CENTER_FRAME
 101 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 102 CENTER_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 103 CLIP_CHILDREN = _core_.CLIP_CHILDREN
 104 CLIP_SIBLINGS = _core_.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 105 WINDOW_STYLE_MASK = _core_.WINDOW_STYLE_MASK
 106 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB = _core_.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 107 RETAINED = _core_.RETAINED
 108 BACKINGSTORE = _core_.BACKINGSTORE
 109 COLOURED = _core_.COLOURED
 110 FIXED_LENGTH = _core_.FIXED_LENGTH
 111 LB_NEEDED_SB = _core_.LB_NEEDED_SB
 112 LB_ALWAYS_SB = _core_.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 113 LB_SORT = _core_.LB_SORT
 114 LB_SINGLE = _core_.LB_SINGLE
 115 LB_MULTIPLE = _core_.LB_MULTIPLE
 116 LB_EXTENDED = _core_.LB_EXTENDED
 117 LB_OWNERDRAW = _core_.LB_OWNERDRAW
 118 LB_HSCROLL = _core_.LB_HSCROLL
 119 CB_SIMPLE = _core_.CB_SIMPLE
 120 CB_DROPDOWN = _core_.CB_DROPDOWN
 121 CB_SORT = _core_.CB_SORT
 122 CB_READONLY = _core_.CB_READONLY
 123 RA_HORIZONTAL = _core_.RA_HORIZONTAL
 124 RA_VERTICAL = _core_.RA_VERTICAL
 125 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 126 RA_SPECIFY_COLS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 127 RA_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 128 RB_GROUP = _core_.RB_GROUP
 129 RB_SINGLE = _core_.RB_SINGLE
 130 SB_HORIZONTAL = _core_.SB_HORIZONTAL
 131 SB_VERTICAL = _core_.SB_VERTICAL
 132 RB_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 133 ST_SIZEGRIP = _core_.ST_SIZEGRIP
 134 FLOOD_SURFACE = _core_.FLOOD_SURFACE
 135 FLOOD_BORDER = _core_.FLOOD_BORDER
 136 ODDEVEN_RULE = _core_.ODDEVEN_RULE
 137 WINDING_RULE = _core_.WINDING_RULE
 138 TOOL_TOP = _core_.TOOL_TOP
 139 TOOL_BOTTOM = _core_.TOOL_BOTTOM
 140 TOOL_LEFT = _core_.TOOL_LEFT
 141 TOOL_RIGHT = _core_.TOOL_RIGHT
 142 OK = _core_.OK
 143 YES_NO = _core_.YES_NO
 144 CANCEL = _core_.CANCEL
 145 YES = _core_.YES
 146 NO = _core_.NO
 147 NO_DEFAULT = _core_.NO_DEFAULT
 148 YES_DEFAULT = _core_.YES_DEFAULT
 149 APPLY = _core_.APPLY
 150 CLOSE = _core_.CLOSE
 151 ICON_EXCLAMATION = _core_.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 152 ICON_HAND = _core_.ICON_HAND
 153 ICON_QUESTION = _core_.ICON_QUESTION
 154 ICON_INFORMATION = _core_.ICON_INFORMATION
 155 ICON_STOP = _core_.ICON_STOP
 156 ICON_ASTERISK = _core_.ICON_ASTERISK
 157 ICON_MASK = _core_.ICON_MASK
 158 ICON_WARNING = _core_.ICON_WARNING
 159 ICON_ERROR = _core_.ICON_ERROR
 160 FORWARD = _core_.FORWARD
 161 BACKWARD = _core_.BACKWARD
 162 RESET = _core_.RESET
 163 HELP = _core_.HELP
 164 MORE = _core_.MORE
 165 SETUP = _core_.SETUP
 166 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 167 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 168 SIZE_AUTO = _core_.SIZE_AUTO
 169 SIZE_USE_EXISTING = _core_.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 170 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE = _core_.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 171 SIZE_FORCE = _core_.SIZE_FORCE
 172 PORTRAIT = _core_.PORTRAIT
 173 LANDSCAPE = _core_.LANDSCAPE
 174 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 175 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 176 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 177 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 178 ID_ANY = _core_.ID_ANY
 179 ID_SEPARATOR = _core_.ID_SEPARATOR
 180 ID_NONE = _core_.ID_NONE
 181 ID_LOWEST = _core_.ID_LOWEST
 182 ID_OPEN = _core_.ID_OPEN
 183 ID_CLOSE = _core_.ID_CLOSE
 184 ID_NEW = _core_.ID_NEW
 185 ID_SAVE = _core_.ID_SAVE
 186 ID_SAVEAS = _core_.ID_SAVEAS
 187 ID_REVERT = _core_.ID_REVERT
 188 ID_EXIT = _core_.ID_EXIT
 189 ID_UNDO = _core_.ID_UNDO
 190 ID_REDO = _core_.ID_REDO
 191 ID_HELP = _core_.ID_HELP
 192 ID_PRINT = _core_.ID_PRINT
 193 ID_PRINT_SETUP = _core_.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 194 ID_PAGE_SETUP = _core_.ID_PAGE_SETUP
 195 ID_PREVIEW = _core_.ID_PREVIEW
 196 ID_ABOUT = _core_.ID_ABOUT
 197 ID_HELP_CONTENTS = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 198 ID_HELP_COMMANDS = _core_.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 199 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES = _core_.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 200 ID_HELP_CONTEXT = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 201 ID_HELP_INDEX = _core_.ID_HELP_INDEX
 202 ID_HELP_SEARCH = _core_.ID_HELP_SEARCH
 203 ID_CLOSE_ALL = _core_.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 204 ID_PREFERENCES = _core_.ID_PREFERENCES
 205 ID_EDIT = _core_.ID_EDIT
 206 ID_CUT = _core_.ID_CUT
 207 ID_COPY = _core_.ID_COPY
 208 ID_PASTE = _core_.ID_PASTE
 209 ID_CLEAR = _core_.ID_CLEAR
 210 ID_FIND = _core_.ID_FIND
 211 ID_DUPLICATE = _core_.ID_DUPLICATE
 212 ID_SELECTALL = _core_.ID_SELECTALL
 213 ID_DELETE = _core_.ID_DELETE
 214 ID_REPLACE = _core_.ID_REPLACE
 215 ID_REPLACE_ALL = _core_.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 216 ID_PROPERTIES = _core_.ID_PROPERTIES
 217 ID_VIEW_DETAILS = _core_.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 218 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 219 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 220 ID_VIEW_LIST = _core_.ID_VIEW_LIST
 221 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 222 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 223 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 224 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 225 ID_FILE = _core_.ID_FILE
 226 ID_FILE1 = _core_.ID_FILE1
 227 ID_FILE2 = _core_.ID_FILE2
 228 ID_FILE3 = _core_.ID_FILE3
 229 ID_FILE4 = _core_.ID_FILE4
 230 ID_FILE5 = _core_.ID_FILE5
 231 ID_FILE6 = _core_.ID_FILE6
 232 ID_FILE7 = _core_.ID_FILE7
 233 ID_FILE8 = _core_.ID_FILE8
 234 ID_FILE9 = _core_.ID_FILE9
 235 ID_OK = _core_.ID_OK
 236 ID_CANCEL = _core_.ID_CANCEL
 237 ID_APPLY = _core_.ID_APPLY
 238 ID_YES = _core_.ID_YES
 239 ID_NO = _core_.ID_NO
 240 ID_STATIC = _core_.ID_STATIC
 241 ID_FORWARD = _core_.ID_FORWARD
 242 ID_BACKWARD = _core_.ID_BACKWARD
 243 ID_DEFAULT = _core_.ID_DEFAULT
 244 ID_MORE = _core_.ID_MORE
 245 ID_SETUP = _core_.ID_SETUP
 246 ID_RESET = _core_.ID_RESET
 247 ID_CONTEXT_HELP = _core_.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 248 ID_YESTOALL = _core_.ID_YESTOALL
 249 ID_NOTOALL = _core_.ID_NOTOALL
 250 ID_ABORT = _core_.ID_ABORT
 251 ID_RETRY = _core_.ID_RETRY
 252 ID_IGNORE = _core_.ID_IGNORE
 253 ID_ADD = _core_.ID_ADD
 254 ID_REMOVE = _core_.ID_REMOVE
 255 ID_UP = _core_.ID_UP
 256 ID_DOWN = _core_.ID_DOWN
 257 ID_HOME = _core_.ID_HOME
 258 ID_REFRESH = _core_.ID_REFRESH
 259 ID_STOP = _core_.ID_STOP
 260 ID_INDEX = _core_.ID_INDEX
 261 ID_BOLD = _core_.ID_BOLD
 262 ID_ITALIC = _core_.ID_ITALIC
 263 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 264 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 265 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 266 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 267 ID_UNDERLINE = _core_.ID_UNDERLINE
 268 ID_INDENT = _core_.ID_INDENT
 269 ID_UNINDENT = _core_.ID_UNINDENT
 270 ID_ZOOM_100 = _core_.ID_ZOOM_100
 271 ID_ZOOM_FIT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 272 ID_ZOOM_IN = _core_.ID_ZOOM_IN
 273 ID_ZOOM_OUT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 274 ID_UNDELETE = _core_.ID_UNDELETE
 275 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED = _core_.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 276 ID_HIGHEST = _core_.ID_HIGHEST
 277 MENU_TEAROFF = _core_.MENU_TEAROFF
 278 MB_DOCKABLE = _core_.MB_DOCKABLE
 279 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 280 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 281 LI_HORIZONTAL = _core_.LI_HORIZONTAL
 282 LI_VERTICAL = _core_.LI_VERTICAL
 283 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY = _core_.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 284 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS = _core_.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 285 WS_EX_TRANSIENT = _core_.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 286 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND = _core_.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 287 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 288 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 289 MM_TEXT = _core_.MM_TEXT
 290 MM_LOMETRIC = _core_.MM_LOMETRIC
 291 MM_HIMETRIC = _core_.MM_HIMETRIC
 292 MM_LOENGLISH = _core_.MM_LOENGLISH
 293 MM_HIENGLISH = _core_.MM_HIENGLISH
 294 MM_TWIPS = _core_.MM_TWIPS
 295 MM_ISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ISOTROPIC
 296 MM_ANISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 297 MM_POINTS = _core_.MM_POINTS
 298 MM_METRIC = _core_.MM_METRIC
 299 CENTRE = _core_.CENTRE
 300 CENTER = _core_.CENTER
 301 HORIZONTAL = _core_.HORIZONTAL
 302 VERTICAL = _core_.VERTICAL
 303 BOTH = _core_.BOTH
 304 LEFT = _core_.LEFT
 305 RIGHT = _core_.RIGHT
 306 UP = _core_.UP
 307 DOWN = _core_.DOWN
 308 TOP = _core_.TOP
 309 BOTTOM = _core_.BOTTOM
 310 NORTH = _core_.NORTH
 311 SOUTH = _core_.SOUTH
 312 WEST = _core_.WEST
 313 EAST = _core_.EAST
 314 ALL = _core_.ALL
 315 ALIGN_NOT = _core_.ALIGN_NOT
 316 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 317 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 318 ALIGN_LEFT = _core_.ALIGN_LEFT
 319 ALIGN_TOP = _core_.ALIGN_TOP
 320 ALIGN_RIGHT = _core_.ALIGN_RIGHT
 321 ALIGN_BOTTOM = _core_.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 322 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 323 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 324 ALIGN_CENTER = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER
 325 ALIGN_CENTRE = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE
 326 ALIGN_MASK = _core_.ALIGN_MASK
 327 STRETCH_NOT = _core_.STRETCH_NOT
 328 SHRINK = _core_.SHRINK
 329 GROW = _core_.GROW
 330 EXPAND = _core_.EXPAND
 331 SHAPED = _core_.SHAPED
 332 FIXED_MINSIZE = _core_.FIXED_MINSIZE
 333 TILE = _core_.TILE
 334 ADJUST_MINSIZE = 0
 335 BORDER_DEFAULT = _core_.BORDER_DEFAULT
 336 BORDER_NONE = _core_.BORDER_NONE
 337 BORDER_STATIC = _core_.BORDER_STATIC
 338 BORDER_SIMPLE = _core_.BORDER_SIMPLE
 339 BORDER_RAISED = _core_.BORDER_RAISED
 340 BORDER_SUNKEN = _core_.BORDER_SUNKEN
 341 BORDER_DOUBLE = _core_.BORDER_DOUBLE
 342 BORDER_MASK = _core_.BORDER_MASK
 343 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM = _core_.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 344 BG_STYLE_COLOUR = _core_.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 345 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM = _core_.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 346 DEFAULT = _core_.DEFAULT
 347 DECORATIVE = _core_.DECORATIVE
 348 ROMAN = _core_.ROMAN
 349 SCRIPT = _core_.SCRIPT
 350 SWISS = _core_.SWISS
 351 MODERN = _core_.MODERN
 352 TELETYPE = _core_.TELETYPE
 353 VARIABLE = _core_.VARIABLE
 354 FIXED = _core_.FIXED
 355 NORMAL = _core_.NORMAL
 356 LIGHT = _core_.LIGHT
 357 BOLD = _core_.BOLD
 358 ITALIC = _core_.ITALIC
 359 SLANT = _core_.SLANT
 360 SOLID = _core_.SOLID
 361 DOT = _core_.DOT
 362 LONG_DASH = _core_.LONG_DASH
 363 SHORT_DASH = _core_.SHORT_DASH
 364 DOT_DASH = _core_.DOT_DASH
 365 USER_DASH = _core_.USER_DASH
 366 TRANSPARENT = _core_.TRANSPARENT
 367 STIPPLE = _core_.STIPPLE
 368 STIPPLE_MASK = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK
 369 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 370 BDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 371 CROSSDIAG_HATCH = _core_.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 372 FDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 373 CROSS_HATCH = _core_.CROSS_HATCH
 374 HORIZONTAL_HATCH = _core_.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 375 VERTICAL_HATCH = _core_.VERTICAL_HATCH
 376 JOIN_BEVEL = _core_.JOIN_BEVEL
 377 JOIN_MITER = _core_.JOIN_MITER
 378 JOIN_ROUND = _core_.JOIN_ROUND
 379 CAP_ROUND = _core_.CAP_ROUND
 380 CAP_PROJECTING = _core_.CAP_PROJECTING
 381 CAP_BUTT = _core_.CAP_BUTT
 382 CLEAR = _core_.CLEAR
 383 XOR = _core_.XOR
 384 INVERT = _core_.INVERT
 385 OR_REVERSE = _core_.OR_REVERSE
 386 AND_REVERSE = _core_.AND_REVERSE
 387 COPY = _core_.COPY
 388 AND = _core_.AND
 389 AND_INVERT = _core_.AND_INVERT
 390 NO_OP = _core_.NO_OP
 391 NOR = _core_.NOR
 392 EQUIV = _core_.EQUIV
 393 SRC_INVERT = _core_.SRC_INVERT
 394 OR_INVERT = _core_.OR_INVERT
 395 NAND = _core_.NAND
 396 OR = _core_.OR
 397 SET = _core_.SET
 398 WXK_BACK = _core_.WXK_BACK
 399 WXK_TAB = _core_.WXK_TAB
 400 WXK_RETURN = _core_.WXK_RETURN
 401 WXK_ESCAPE = _core_.WXK_ESCAPE
 402 WXK_SPACE = _core_.WXK_SPACE
 403 WXK_DELETE = _core_.WXK_DELETE
 404 WXK_START = _core_.WXK_START
 405 WXK_LBUTTON = _core_.WXK_LBUTTON
 406 WXK_RBUTTON = _core_.WXK_RBUTTON
 407 WXK_CANCEL = _core_.WXK_CANCEL
 408 WXK_MBUTTON = _core_.WXK_MBUTTON
 409 WXK_CLEAR = _core_.WXK_CLEAR
 410 WXK_SHIFT = _core_.WXK_SHIFT
 411 WXK_ALT = _core_.WXK_ALT
 412 WXK_CONTROL = _core_.WXK_CONTROL
 413 WXK_MENU = _core_.WXK_MENU
 414 WXK_PAUSE = _core_.WXK_PAUSE
 415 WXK_CAPITAL = _core_.WXK_CAPITAL
 416 WXK_END = _core_.WXK_END
 417 WXK_HOME = _core_.WXK_HOME
 418 WXK_LEFT = _core_.WXK_LEFT
 419 WXK_UP = _core_.WXK_UP
 420 WXK_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_RIGHT
 421 WXK_DOWN = _core_.WXK_DOWN
 422 WXK_SELECT = _core_.WXK_SELECT
 423 WXK_PRINT = _core_.WXK_PRINT
 424 WXK_EXECUTE = _core_.WXK_EXECUTE
 425 WXK_SNAPSHOT = _core_.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 426 WXK_INSERT = _core_.WXK_INSERT
 427 WXK_HELP = _core_.WXK_HELP
 428 WXK_NUMPAD0 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD0
 429 WXK_NUMPAD1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD1
 430 WXK_NUMPAD2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD2
 431 WXK_NUMPAD3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD3
 432 WXK_NUMPAD4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD4
 433 WXK_NUMPAD5 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD5
 434 WXK_NUMPAD6 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD6
 435 WXK_NUMPAD7 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD7
 436 WXK_NUMPAD8 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD8
 437 WXK_NUMPAD9 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD9
 438 WXK_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_MULTIPLY
 439 WXK_ADD = _core_.WXK_ADD
 440 WXK_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_SEPARATOR
 441 WXK_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_SUBTRACT
 442 WXK_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_DECIMAL
 443 WXK_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_DIVIDE
 444 WXK_F1 = _core_.WXK_F1
 445 WXK_F2 = _core_.WXK_F2
 446 WXK_F3 = _core_.WXK_F3
 447 WXK_F4 = _core_.WXK_F4
 448 WXK_F5 = _core_.WXK_F5
 449 WXK_F6 = _core_.WXK_F6
 450 WXK_F7 = _core_.WXK_F7
 451 WXK_F8 = _core_.WXK_F8
 452 WXK_F9 = _core_.WXK_F9
 453 WXK_F10 = _core_.WXK_F10
 454 WXK_F11 = _core_.WXK_F11
 455 WXK_F12 = _core_.WXK_F12
 456 WXK_F13 = _core_.WXK_F13
 457 WXK_F14 = _core_.WXK_F14
 458 WXK_F15 = _core_.WXK_F15
 459 WXK_F16 = _core_.WXK_F16
 460 WXK_F17 = _core_.WXK_F17
 461 WXK_F18 = _core_.WXK_F18
 462 WXK_F19 = _core_.WXK_F19
 463 WXK_F20 = _core_.WXK_F20
 464 WXK_F21 = _core_.WXK_F21
 465 WXK_F22 = _core_.WXK_F22
 466 WXK_F23 = _core_.WXK_F23
 467 WXK_F24 = _core_.WXK_F24
 468 WXK_NUMLOCK = _core_.WXK_NUMLOCK
 469 WXK_SCROLL = _core_.WXK_SCROLL
 470 WXK_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_PAGEUP
 471 WXK_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 472 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 473 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 474 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 475 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 476 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 477 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 478 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 479 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 480 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 481 WXK_NUMPAD_UP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 482 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 483 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 484 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 485 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 486 WXK_NUMPAD_END = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 487 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 488 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 489 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 490 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 491 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 492 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 495 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 496 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 497 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 498 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 499 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 500 WXK_COMMAND = _core_.WXK_COMMAND
 501 WXK_SPECIAL1 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL1
 502 WXK_SPECIAL2 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL2
 503 WXK_SPECIAL3 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL3
 504 WXK_SPECIAL4 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL4
 505 WXK_SPECIAL5 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL5
 506 WXK_SPECIAL6 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL6
 507 WXK_SPECIAL7 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL7
 508 WXK_SPECIAL8 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL8
 509 WXK_SPECIAL9 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL9
 510 WXK_SPECIAL10 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL10
 511 WXK_SPECIAL11 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL11
 512 WXK_SPECIAL12 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL12
 513 WXK_SPECIAL13 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL13
 514 WXK_SPECIAL14 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL14
 515 WXK_SPECIAL15 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL15
 516 WXK_SPECIAL16 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL16
 517 WXK_SPECIAL17 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL17
 518 WXK_SPECIAL18 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL18
 519 WXK_SPECIAL19 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL19
 520 WXK_SPECIAL20 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL20
 521 WXK_PRIOR = WXK_PAGEUP
 522 WXK_NEXT  = WXK_PAGEDOWN
 523 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR = WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 524 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT  = WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 525
 526 PAPER_NONE = _core_.PAPER_NONE
 527 PAPER_LETTER = _core_.PAPER_LETTER
 528 PAPER_LEGAL = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL
 529 PAPER_A4 = _core_.PAPER_A4
 530 PAPER_CSHEET = _core_.PAPER_CSHEET
 531 PAPER_DSHEET = _core_.PAPER_DSHEET
 532 PAPER_ESHEET = _core_.PAPER_ESHEET
 533 PAPER_LETTERSMALL = _core_.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 534 PAPER_TABLOID = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID
 535 PAPER_LEDGER = _core_.PAPER_LEDGER
 536 PAPER_STATEMENT = _core_.PAPER_STATEMENT
 537 PAPER_EXECUTIVE = _core_.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 538 PAPER_A3 = _core_.PAPER_A3
 539 PAPER_A4SMALL = _core_.PAPER_A4SMALL
 540 PAPER_A5 = _core_.PAPER_A5
 541 PAPER_B4 = _core_.PAPER_B4
 542 PAPER_B5 = _core_.PAPER_B5
 543 PAPER_FOLIO = _core_.PAPER_FOLIO
 544 PAPER_QUARTO = _core_.PAPER_QUARTO
 545 PAPER_10X14 = _core_.PAPER_10X14
 546 PAPER_11X17 = _core_.PAPER_11X17
 547 PAPER_NOTE = _core_.PAPER_NOTE
 548 PAPER_ENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_9
 549 PAPER_ENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_10
 550 PAPER_ENV_11 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_11
 551 PAPER_ENV_12 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_12
 552 PAPER_ENV_14 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_14
 553 PAPER_ENV_DL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_DL
 554 PAPER_ENV_C5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C5
 555 PAPER_ENV_C3 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C3
 556 PAPER_ENV_C4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C4
 557 PAPER_ENV_C6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C6
 558 PAPER_ENV_C65 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C65
 559 PAPER_ENV_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B4
 560 PAPER_ENV_B5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B5
 561 PAPER_ENV_B6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B6
 562 PAPER_ENV_ITALY = _core_.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 563 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH = _core_.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 564 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 565 PAPER_FANFOLD_US = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 566 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 567 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 568 PAPER_ISO_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ISO_B4
 569 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 570 PAPER_9X11 = _core_.PAPER_9X11
 571 PAPER_10X11 = _core_.PAPER_10X11
 572 PAPER_15X11 = _core_.PAPER_15X11
 573 PAPER_ENV_INVITE = _core_.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 574 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 575 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 576 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 577 PAPER_A4_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 578 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 579 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 580 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 581 PAPER_A_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A_PLUS
 582 PAPER_B_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_B_PLUS
 583 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 584 PAPER_A4_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 585 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 586 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 587 PAPER_A3_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 588 PAPER_A5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 589 PAPER_B5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 590 PAPER_A2 = _core_.PAPER_A2
 591 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 592 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 593 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 594 PAPER_A6 = _core_.PAPER_A6
 595 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
 596 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
 597 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
 598 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
 599 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
 600 PAPER_A3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
 601 PAPER_A4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
 602 PAPER_A5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
 603 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
 604 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
 605 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 606 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 607 PAPER_A6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
 608 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
 609 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
 610 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
 611 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
 612 PAPER_B6_JIS = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS
 613 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
 614 PAPER_12X11 = _core_.PAPER_12X11
 615 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
 616 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
 617 PAPER_P16K = _core_.PAPER_P16K
 618 PAPER_P32K = _core_.PAPER_P32K
 619 PAPER_P32KBIG = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG
 620 PAPER_PENV_1 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1
 621 PAPER_PENV_2 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2
 622 PAPER_PENV_3 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3
 623 PAPER_PENV_4 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4
 624 PAPER_PENV_5 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5
 625 PAPER_PENV_6 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6
 626 PAPER_PENV_7 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7
 627 PAPER_PENV_8 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8
 628 PAPER_PENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9
 629 PAPER_PENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10
 630 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
 631 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
 632 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
 633 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
 634 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
 635 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
 636 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
 637 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
 638 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
 639 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
 640 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
 641 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
 642 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
 643 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX = _core_.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 644 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL = _core_.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 645 DUPLEX_VERTICAL = _core_.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 646 ITEM_SEPARATOR = _core_.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 647 ITEM_NORMAL = _core_.ITEM_NORMAL
 648 ITEM_CHECK = _core_.ITEM_CHECK
 649 ITEM_RADIO = _core_.ITEM_RADIO
 650 ITEM_MAX = _core_.ITEM_MAX
 651 HT_NOWHERE = _core_.HT_NOWHERE
 652 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 653 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 654 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 655 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 656 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 657 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 658 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 659 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 660 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 661 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 662 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 663 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 664 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 665 HT_WINDOW_CORNER = _core_.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 666 HT_MAX = _core_.HT_MAX
 667 MOD_NONE = _core_.MOD_NONE
 668 MOD_ALT = _core_.MOD_ALT
 669 MOD_CONTROL = _core_.MOD_CONTROL
 670 MOD_ALTGR = _core_.MOD_ALTGR
 671 MOD_SHIFT = _core_.MOD_SHIFT
 672 MOD_META = _core_.MOD_META
 673 MOD_WIN = _core_.MOD_WIN
 674 MOD_CMD = _core_.MOD_CMD
 675 MOD_ALL = _core_.MOD_ALL
 676 UPDATE_UI_NONE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 677 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 678 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 679 Layout_Default = _core_.Layout_Default
 680 Layout_LeftToRight = _core_.Layout_LeftToRight
 681 Layout_RightToLeft = _core_.Layout_RightToLeft
 682 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 683
 684 class Object(object):
 685     """
 686     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not
 687     much functionality is needed nor exposed.
 688     """
 689     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 690     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
 691     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 692     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
 693         """
 694         GetClassName(self) -> String
 695
 696         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.
 697         """
 698         return _core_.Object_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
 699
 700     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
 701         """
 702         Destroy(self)
 703
 704         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
 705         """
 706         args[0].this.own(False)
 707         return _core_.Object_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
 708
 709     def IsSameAs(*args, **kwargs):
 710         """
 711         IsSameAs(self, Object p) -> bool
 712
 713         For wx.Objects that use C++ reference counting internally, this method
 714         can be used to determine if two objects are referencing the same data
 715         object.
 716         """
 717         return _core_.Object_IsSameAs(*args, **kwargs)
 718
 719     ClassName = property(GetClassName,doc="See `GetClassName`")
 720 _core_.Object_swigregister(Object)
 721 _wxPySetDictionary = _core_._wxPySetDictionary
 722 cvar = _core_.cvar
 723 EmptyString = cvar.EmptyString
 724
 725 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 726
 727 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 728 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 729 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 730 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 731 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 732 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 733 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 734 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 735 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 736 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 737 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 738 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 739 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 740 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 741 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 742 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 743 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 744 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 745 BITMAP_TYPE_TGA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TGA
 746 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 747 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 748 CURSOR_NONE = _core_.CURSOR_NONE
 749 CURSOR_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_ARROW
 750 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 751 CURSOR_BULLSEYE = _core_.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 752 CURSOR_CHAR = _core_.CURSOR_CHAR
 753 CURSOR_CROSS = _core_.CURSOR_CROSS
 754 CURSOR_HAND = _core_.CURSOR_HAND
 755 CURSOR_IBEAM = _core_.CURSOR_IBEAM
 756 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 757 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER = _core_.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 758 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 759 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY = _core_.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 760 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH = _core_.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 761 CURSOR_PENCIL = _core_.CURSOR_PENCIL
 762 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 763 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 764 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 765 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 766 CURSOR_SIZENESW = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 767 CURSOR_SIZENS = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENS
 768 CURSOR_SIZENWSE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 769 CURSOR_SIZEWE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 770 CURSOR_SIZING = _core_.CURSOR_SIZING
 771 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN = _core_.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 772 CURSOR_WAIT = _core_.CURSOR_WAIT
 773 CURSOR_WATCH = _core_.CURSOR_WATCH
 774 CURSOR_BLANK = _core_.CURSOR_BLANK
 775 CURSOR_DEFAULT = _core_.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 776 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 777 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT = _core_.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 778 CURSOR_MAX = _core_.CURSOR_MAX
 779 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 780
 781 class Size(object):
 782     """
 783     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of
 784     something.  It simply contains integer width and height
 785     properties.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is
 786     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead.
 787     """
 788     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 789     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 790     width = property(_core_.Size_width_get, _core_.Size_width_set)
 791     height = property(_core_.Size_height_get, _core_.Size_height_set)
 792     x = width; y = height
 793     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 794         """
 795         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size
 796
 797         Creates a size object.
 798         """
 799         _core_.Size_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Size(*args, **kwargs))
 800     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Size
 801     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 802     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 803         """
 804         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 805
 806         Test for equality of wx.Size objects.
 807         """
 808         return _core_.Size___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 809
 810     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 811         """
 812         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 813
 814         Test for inequality of wx.Size objects.
 815         """
 816         return _core_.Size___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 817
 818     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 819         """
 820         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 821
 822         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result.
 823         """
 824         return _core_.Size___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 825
 826     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 827         """
 828         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 829
 830         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result.
 831         """
 832         return _core_.Size___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 833
 834     def IncTo(*args, **kwargs):
 835         """
 836         IncTo(self, Size sz)
 837
 838         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less
 839         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 840         """
 841         return _core_.Size_IncTo(*args, **kwargs)
 842
 843     def DecTo(*args, **kwargs):
 844         """
 845         DecTo(self, Size sz)
 846
 847         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater
 848         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 849         """
 850         return _core_.Size_DecTo(*args, **kwargs)
 851
 852     def IncBy(*args, **kwargs):
 853         """IncBy(self, int dx, int dy)"""
 854         return _core_.Size_IncBy(*args, **kwargs)
 855
 856     def DecBy(*args, **kwargs):
 857         """DecBy(self, int dx, int dy)"""
 858         return _core_.Size_DecBy(*args, **kwargs)
 859
 860     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
 861         """
 862         Scale(self, float xscale, float yscale)
 863
 864         Scales the dimensions of this object by the given factors.
 865         """
 866         return _core_.Size_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
 867
 868     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 869         """
 870         Set(self, int w, int h)
 871
 872         Set both width and height.
 873         """
 874         return _core_.Size_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 875
 876     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 877         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
 878         return _core_.Size_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 879
 880     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 881         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
 882         return _core_.Size_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 883
 884     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 885         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
 886         return _core_.Size_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 887
 888     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 889         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
 890         return _core_.Size_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 891
 892     def IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs):
 893         """
 894         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool
 895
 896         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values.
 897         """
 898         return _core_.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs)
 899
 900     def SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs):
 901         """
 902         SetDefaults(self, Size size)
 903
 904         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components
 905         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other.
 906         """
 907         return _core_.Size_SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs)
 908
 909     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 910         """
 911         Get() -> (width,height)
 912
 913         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple.
 914         """
 915         return _core_.Size_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 916
 917     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 918     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 919     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self.Get())
 920     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 921     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 922     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 923         if index == 0: self.width = val
 924         elif index == 1: self.height = val
 925         else: raise IndexError
 926     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
 927     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 928     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Size, self.Get())
 929
 930 _core_.Size_swigregister(Size)
 931
 932 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 933
 934 class RealPoint(object):
 935     """
 936     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating
 937     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a
 938     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple.
 939     """
 940     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 941     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 942     x = property(_core_.RealPoint_x_get, _core_.RealPoint_x_set)
 943     y = property(_core_.RealPoint_y_get, _core_.RealPoint_y_set)
 944     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 945         """
 946         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint
 947
 948         Create a wx.RealPoint object
 949         """
 950         _core_.RealPoint_swiginit(self,_core_.new_RealPoint(*args, **kwargs))
 951     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_RealPoint
 952     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 953     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 954         """
 955         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 956
 957         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 958         """
 959         return _core_.RealPoint___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 960
 961     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 962         """
 963         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 964
 965         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 966         """
 967         return _core_.RealPoint___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 968
 969     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 970         """
 971         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 972
 973         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
 974         """
 975         return _core_.RealPoint___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 976
 977     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 978         """
 979         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 980
 981         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
 982         """
 983         return _core_.RealPoint___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 984
 985     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 986         """
 987         Set(self, double x, double y)
 988
 989         Set both the x and y properties
 990         """
 991         return _core_.RealPoint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 992
 993     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 994         """
 995         Get() -> (x,y)
 996
 997         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
 998         """
 999         return _core_.RealPoint_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1000
1001     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1002     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1003     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self.Get())
1004     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1005     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1006     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1007         if index == 0: self.x = val
1008         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1009         else: raise IndexError
1010     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1011     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1012     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.RealPoint, self.Get())
1013
1014 _core_.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPoint)
1015
1016 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1017
1018 class Point(object):
1019     """
1020     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x
1021     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can
1022     also accept a (x,y) tuple.
1023     """
1024     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1025     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1026     x = property(_core_.Point_x_get, _core_.Point_x_set)
1027     y = property(_core_.Point_y_get, _core_.Point_y_set)
1028     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1029         """
1030         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point
1031
1032         Create a wx.Point object
1033         """
1034         _core_.Point_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point(*args, **kwargs))
1035     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point
1036     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1037     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1038         """
1039         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1040
1041         Test for equality of wx.Point objects.
1042         """
1043         return _core_.Point___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1044
1045     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1046         """
1047         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1048
1049         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects.
1050         """
1051         return _core_.Point___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1052
1053     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1054         """
1055         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1056
1057         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
1058         """
1059         return _core_.Point___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1060
1061     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
1062         """
1063         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1064
1065         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
1066         """
1067         return _core_.Point___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
1068
1069     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1070         """
1071         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1072
1073         Add pt to this object.
1074         """
1075         return _core_.Point___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1076
1077     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1078         """
1079         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1080
1081         Subtract pt from this object.
1082         """
1083         return _core_.Point___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1084
1085     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1086         """
1087         Set(self, long x, long y)
1088
1089         Set both the x and y properties
1090         """
1091         return _core_.Point_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1092
1093     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1094         """
1095         Get() -> (x,y)
1096
1097         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
1098         """
1099         return _core_.Point_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1100
1101     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1102     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1103     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self.Get())
1104     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1105     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1106     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1107         if index == 0: self.x = val
1108         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1109         else: raise IndexError
1110     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
1111     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1112     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point, self.Get())
1113
1114 _core_.Point_swigregister(Point)
1115
1116 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1117
1118 class Rect(object):
1119     """
1120     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y,
1121     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a
1122     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple.
1123     """
1124     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1125     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1126     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1127         """
1128         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect
1129
1130         Create a new Rect object.
1131         """
1132         _core_.Rect_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect(*args, **kwargs))
1133     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect
1134     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1135     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
1136         """GetX(self) -> int"""
1137         return _core_.Rect_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
1138
1139     def SetX(*args, **kwargs):
1140         """SetX(self, int x)"""
1141         return _core_.Rect_SetX(*args, **kwargs)
1142
1143     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
1144         """GetY(self) -> int"""
1145         return _core_.Rect_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
1146
1147     def SetY(*args, **kwargs):
1148         """SetY(self, int y)"""
1149         return _core_.Rect_SetY(*args, **kwargs)
1150
1151     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1152         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
1153         return _core_.Rect_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1154
1155     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1156         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
1157         return _core_.Rect_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1158
1159     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1160         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
1161         return _core_.Rect_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1162
1163     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1164         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
1165         return _core_.Rect_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1166
1167     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1168         """GetPosition(self) -> Point"""
1169         return _core_.Rect_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1170
1171     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1172         """SetPosition(self, Point p)"""
1173         return _core_.Rect_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1174
1175     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1176         """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1177         return _core_.Rect_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1178
1179     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1180         """SetSize(self, Size s)"""
1181         return _core_.Rect_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1182
1183     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1184         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1185         return _core_.Rect_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1186
1187     def GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1188         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point"""
1189         return _core_.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1190
1191     def SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1192         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)"""
1193         return _core_.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1194
1195     def GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1196         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point"""
1197         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1198
1199     def SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1200         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)"""
1201         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1202
1203     def GetTopRight(*args, **kwargs):
1204         """GetTopRight(self) -> Point"""
1205         return _core_.Rect_GetTopRight(*args, **kwargs)
1206
1207     def SetTopRight(*args, **kwargs):
1208         """SetTopRight(self, Point p)"""
1209         return _core_.Rect_SetTopRight(*args, **kwargs)
1210
1211     def GetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1212         """GetBottomLeft(self) -> Point"""
1213         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1214
1215     def SetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1216         """SetBottomLeft(self, Point p)"""
1217         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1218
1219     def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1220         """GetLeft(self) -> int"""
1221         return _core_.Rect_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1222
1223     def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1224         """GetTop(self) -> int"""
1225         return _core_.Rect_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1226
1227     def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1228         """GetBottom(self) -> int"""
1229         return _core_.Rect_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1230
1231     def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1232         """GetRight(self) -> int"""
1233         return _core_.Rect_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1234
1235     def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1236         """SetLeft(self, int left)"""
1237         return _core_.Rect_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1238
1239     def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1240         """SetRight(self, int right)"""
1241         return _core_.Rect_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1242
1243     def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1244         """SetTop(self, int top)"""
1245         return _core_.Rect_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1246
1247     def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1248         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)"""
1249         return _core_.Rect_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1250
1251     position = property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
1252     size = property(GetSize, SetSize)
1253     left = property(GetLeft, SetLeft)
1254     right = property(GetRight, SetRight)
1255     top = property(GetTop, SetTop)
1256     bottom = property(GetBottom, SetBottom)
1257
1258     def Inflate(*args, **kwargs):
1259         """
1260         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1261
1262         Increases the size of the rectangle.
1263
1264         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved
1265         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the
1266         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and
1267         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``,
1268         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the
1269         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective
1270         direction.
1271
1272         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a
1273         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy
1274         first::
1275
1276             copy = wx.Rect(*original)
1277             copy.Inflate(10,15)
1278
1279
1280         """
1281         return _core_.Rect_Inflate(*args, **kwargs)
1282
1283     def Deflate(*args, **kwargs):
1284         """
1285         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1286
1287         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate`
1288         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to
1289         `Inflate` for a full description.
1290         """
1291         return _core_.Rect_Deflate(*args, **kwargs)
1292
1293     def OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs):
1294         """
1295         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy)
1296
1297         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the
1298         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the
1299         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively.
1300         """
1301         return _core_.Rect_OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs)
1302
1303     def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1304         """
1305         Offset(self, Point pt)
1306
1307         Same as `OffsetXY` but uses dx,dy from Point
1308         """
1309         return _core_.Rect_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1310
1311     def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1312         """
1313         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1314
1315         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect.
1316         """
1317         return _core_.Rect_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1318
1319     def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1320         """
1321         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1322
1323         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect.
1324         """
1325         return _core_.Rect_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1326
1327     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1328         """
1329         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1330
1331         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result.
1332         """
1333         return _core_.Rect___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1334
1335     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1336         """
1337         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1338
1339         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle.
1340         """
1341         return _core_.Rect___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1342
1343     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1344         """
1345         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1346
1347         Test for equality of wx.Rect objects.
1348         """
1349         return _core_.Rect___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1350
1351     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1352         """
1353         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1354
1355         Test for inequality of wx.Rect objects.
1356         """
1357         return _core_.Rect___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1358
1359     def ContainsXY(*args, **kwargs):
1360         """
1361         ContainsXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool
1362
1363         Return True if the point is inside the rect.
1364         """
1365         return _core_.Rect_ContainsXY(*args, **kwargs)
1366
1367     def Contains(*args, **kwargs):
1368         """
1369         Contains(self, Point pt) -> bool
1370
1371         Return True if the point is inside the rect.
1372         """
1373         return _core_.Rect_Contains(*args, **kwargs)
1374
1375     def ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs):
1376         """
1377         ContainsRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1378
1379         Returns ``True`` if the given rectangle is completely inside this
1380         rectangle or touches its boundary.
1381         """
1382         return _core_.Rect_ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs)
1383
1384     #Inside = wx._deprecated(Contains, "Use `Contains` instead.")
1385     #InsideXY = wx._deprecated(ContainsXY, "Use `ContainsXY` instead.")
1386     #InsideRect = wx._deprecated(ContainsRect, "Use `ContainsRect` instead.")
1387     Inside = Contains
1388     InsideXY = ContainsXY
1389     InsideRect = ContainsRect
1390
1391     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1392         """
1393         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1394
1395         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection.
1396         """
1397         return _core_.Rect_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1398
1399     def CenterIn(*args, **kwargs):
1400         """
1401         CenterIn(self, Rect r, int dir=BOTH) -> Rect
1402
1403         Center this rectangle within the one passed to the method, which is
1404         usually, but not necessarily, the larger one.
1405         """
1406         return _core_.Rect_CenterIn(*args, **kwargs)
1407
1408     CentreIn = CenterIn
1409     x = property(_core_.Rect_x_get, _core_.Rect_x_set)
1410     y = property(_core_.Rect_y_get, _core_.Rect_y_set)
1411     width = property(_core_.Rect_width_get, _core_.Rect_width_set)
1412     height = property(_core_.Rect_height_get, _core_.Rect_height_set)
1413     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1414         """
1415         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0)
1416
1417         Set all rectangle properties.
1418         """
1419         return _core_.Rect_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1420
1421     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1422         """
1423         Get() -> (x,y,width,height)
1424
1425         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple.
1426         """
1427         return _core_.Rect_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1428
1429     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1430     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1431     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self.Get())
1432     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1433     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1434     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1435         if index == 0: self.x = val
1436         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1437         elif index == 2: self.width = val
1438         elif index == 3: self.height = val
1439         else: raise IndexError
1440     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0,0,0)
1441     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1442     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Rect, self.Get())
1443
1444     Bottom = property(GetBottom,SetBottom,doc="See `GetBottom` and `SetBottom`")
1445     BottomRight = property(GetBottomRight,SetBottomRight,doc="See `GetBottomRight` and `SetBottomRight`")
1446     BottomLeft = property(GetBottomLeft,SetBottomLeft,doc="See `GetBottomLeft` and `SetBottomLeft`")
1447     Height = property(GetHeight,SetHeight,doc="See `GetHeight` and `SetHeight`")
1448     Left = property(GetLeft,SetLeft,doc="See `GetLeft` and `SetLeft`")
1449     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
1450     Right = property(GetRight,SetRight,doc="See `GetRight` and `SetRight`")
1451     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
1452     Top = property(GetTop,SetTop,doc="See `GetTop` and `SetTop`")
1453     TopLeft = property(GetTopLeft,SetTopLeft,doc="See `GetTopLeft` and `SetTopLeft`")
1454     TopRight = property(GetTopRight,SetTopRight,doc="See `GetTopRight` and `SetTopRight`")
1455     Width = property(GetWidth,SetWidth,doc="See `GetWidth` and `SetWidth`")
1456     X = property(GetX,SetX,doc="See `GetX` and `SetX`")
1457     Y = property(GetY,SetY,doc="See `GetY` and `SetY`")
1458     Empty = property(IsEmpty,doc="See `IsEmpty`")
1459 _core_.Rect_swigregister(Rect)
1460
1461 def RectPP(*args, **kwargs):
1462     """
1463     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect
1464
1465     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners.
1466     """
1467     val = _core_.new_RectPP(*args, **kwargs)
1468     return val
1469
1470 def RectPS(*args, **kwargs):
1471     """
1472     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect
1473
1474     Create a new Rect from a position and size.
1475     """
1476     val = _core_.new_RectPS(*args, **kwargs)
1477     return val
1478
1479 def RectS(*args, **kwargs):
1480     """
1481     RectS(Size size) -> Rect
1482
1483     Create a new Rect from a size only.
1484     """
1485     val = _core_.new_RectS(*args, **kwargs)
1486     return val
1487
1488
1489 def IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs):
1490   """
1491     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect
1492
1493     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2.
1494     """
1495   return _core_.IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs)
1496 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1497
1498 class Point2D(object):
1499     """
1500     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system
1501     with floating point values.
1502     """
1503     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1504     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1505     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1506         """
1507         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D
1508
1509         Create a w.Point2D object.
1510         """
1511         _core_.Point2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point2D(*args, **kwargs))
1512     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point2D
1513     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1514     def GetFloor(*args, **kwargs):
1515         """
1516         GetFloor() -> (x,y)
1517
1518         Convert to integer
1519         """
1520         return _core_.Point2D_GetFloor(*args, **kwargs)
1521
1522     def GetRounded(*args, **kwargs):
1523         """
1524         GetRounded() -> (x,y)
1525
1526         Convert to integer
1527         """
1528         return _core_.Point2D_GetRounded(*args, **kwargs)
1529
1530     def GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1531         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double"""
1532         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1533
1534     def GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1535         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double"""
1536         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1537
1538     def SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1539         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)"""
1540         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1541
1542     def SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1543         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)"""
1544         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1545
1546     def SetPolarCoordinates(self, angle, length):
1547         self.SetVectorLength(length)
1548         self.SetVectorAngle(angle)
1549     def Normalize(self):
1550         self.SetVectorLength(1.0)
1551
1552     def GetDistance(*args, **kwargs):
1553         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1554         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistance(*args, **kwargs)
1555
1556     def GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs):
1557         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1558         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs)
1559
1560     def GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1561         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1562         return _core_.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1563
1564     def GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1565         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1566         return _core_.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1567
1568     def __neg__(*args, **kwargs):
1569         """
1570         __neg__(self) -> Point2D
1571
1572         the reflection of this point
1573         """
1574         return _core_.Point2D___neg__(*args, **kwargs)
1575
1576     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1577         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1578         return _core_.Point2D___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1579
1580     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1581         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1582         return _core_.Point2D___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1583
1584     def __imul__(*args, **kwargs):
1585         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1586         return _core_.Point2D___imul__(*args, **kwargs)
1587
1588     def __idiv__(*args, **kwargs):
1589         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1590         return _core_.Point2D___idiv__(*args, **kwargs)
1591
1592     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1593         """
1594         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1595
1596         Test for equality of wx.Point2D objects.
1597         """
1598         return _core_.Point2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1599
1600     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1601         """
1602         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1603
1604         Test for inequality of wx.Point2D objects.
1605         """
1606         return _core_.Point2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1607
1608     x = property(_core_.Point2D_x_get, _core_.Point2D_x_set)
1609     y = property(_core_.Point2D_y_get, _core_.Point2D_y_set)
1610     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1611         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)"""
1612         return _core_.Point2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1613
1614     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1615         """
1616         Get() -> (x,y)
1617
1618         Return x and y properties as a tuple.
1619         """
1620         return _core_.Point2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1621
1622     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1623     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1624     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self.Get())
1625     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1626     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1627     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1628         if index == 0: self.x = val
1629         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1630         else: raise IndexError
1631     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1632     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1633     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point2D, self.Get())
1634
1635     Floor = property(GetFloor,doc="See `GetFloor`")
1636     Rounded = property(GetRounded,doc="See `GetRounded`")
1637     VectorAngle = property(GetVectorAngle,SetVectorAngle,doc="See `GetVectorAngle` and `SetVectorAngle`")
1638     VectorLength = property(GetVectorLength,SetVectorLength,doc="See `GetVectorLength` and `SetVectorLength`")
1639 _core_.Point2D_swigregister(Point2D)
1640
1641 def Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs):
1642     """
1643     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D
1644
1645     Create a w.Point2D object.
1646     """
1647     val = _core_.new_Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs)
1648     return val
1649
1650 def Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs):
1651     """
1652     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D
1653
1654     Create a w.Point2D object.
1655     """
1656     val = _core_.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs)
1657     return val
1658
1659 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1660
1661 Inside = _core_.Inside
1662 OutLeft = _core_.OutLeft
1663 OutRight = _core_.OutRight
1664 OutTop = _core_.OutTop
1665 OutBottom = _core_.OutBottom
1666 class Rect2D(object):
1667     """
1668     wx.Rect2D is a rectangle, with position and size, in a 2D coordinate system
1669     with floating point component values.
1670     """
1671     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1672     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1673     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1674         """
1675         __init__(self, wxDouble x=0.0, wxDouble y=0.0, wxDouble w=0.0, wxDouble h=0.0) -> Rect2D
1676
1677         wx.Rect2D is a rectangle, with position and size, in a 2D coordinate system
1678         with floating point component values.
1679         """
1680         _core_.Rect2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect2D(*args, **kwargs))
1681     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect2D
1682     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1683     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1684         """GetPosition(self) -> Point2D"""
1685         return _core_.Rect2D_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1686
1687     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1688         """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1689         return _core_.Rect2D_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1690
1691     def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1692         """GetLeft(self) -> wxDouble"""
1693         return _core_.Rect2D_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1694
1695     def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1696         """SetLeft(self, wxDouble n)"""
1697         return _core_.Rect2D_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1698
1699     def MoveLeftTo(*args, **kwargs):
1700         """MoveLeftTo(self, wxDouble n)"""
1701         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveLeftTo(*args, **kwargs)
1702
1703     def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1704         """GetTop(self) -> wxDouble"""
1705         return _core_.Rect2D_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1706
1707     def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1708         """SetTop(self, wxDouble n)"""
1709         return _core_.Rect2D_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1710
1711     def MoveTopTo(*args, **kwargs):
1712         """MoveTopTo(self, wxDouble n)"""
1713         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveTopTo(*args, **kwargs)
1714
1715     def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1716         """GetBottom(self) -> wxDouble"""
1717         return _core_.Rect2D_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1718
1719     def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1720         """SetBottom(self, wxDouble n)"""
1721         return _core_.Rect2D_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1722
1723     def MoveBottomTo(*args, **kwargs):
1724         """MoveBottomTo(self, wxDouble n)"""
1725         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveBottomTo(*args, **kwargs)
1726
1727     def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1728         """GetRight(self) -> wxDouble"""
1729         return _core_.Rect2D_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1730
1731     def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1732         """SetRight(self, wxDouble n)"""
1733         return _core_.Rect2D_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1734
1735     def MoveRightTo(*args, **kwargs):
1736         """MoveRightTo(self, wxDouble n)"""
1737         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveRightTo(*args, **kwargs)
1738
1739     def GetLeftTop(*args, **kwargs):
1740         """GetLeftTop(self) -> Point2D"""
1741         return _core_.Rect2D_GetLeftTop(*args, **kwargs)
1742
1743     def SetLeftTop(*args, **kwargs):
1744         """SetLeftTop(self, Point2D pt)"""
1745         return _core_.Rect2D_SetLeftTop(*args, **kwargs)
1746
1747     def MoveLeftTopTo(*args, **kwargs):
1748         """MoveLeftTopTo(self, Point2D pt)"""
1749         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveLeftTopTo(*args, **kwargs)
1750
1751     def GetLeftBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1752         """GetLeftBottom(self) -> Point2D"""
1753         return _core_.Rect2D_GetLeftBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1754
1755     def SetLeftBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1756         """SetLeftBottom(self, Point2D pt)"""
1757         return _core_.Rect2D_SetLeftBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1758
1759     def MoveLeftBottomTo(*args, **kwargs):
1760         """MoveLeftBottomTo(self, Point2D pt)"""
1761         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveLeftBottomTo(*args, **kwargs)
1762
1763     def GetRightTop(*args, **kwargs):
1764         """GetRightTop(self) -> Point2D"""
1765         return _core_.Rect2D_GetRightTop(*args, **kwargs)
1766
1767     def SetRightTop(*args, **kwargs):
1768         """SetRightTop(self, Point2D pt)"""
1769         return _core_.Rect2D_SetRightTop(*args, **kwargs)
1770
1771     def MoveRightTopTo(*args, **kwargs):
1772         """MoveRightTopTo(self, Point2D pt)"""
1773         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveRightTopTo(*args, **kwargs)
1774
1775     def GetRightBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1776         """GetRightBottom(self) -> Point2D"""
1777         return _core_.Rect2D_GetRightBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1778
1779     def SetRightBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1780         """SetRightBottom(self, Point2D pt)"""
1781         return _core_.Rect2D_SetRightBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1782
1783     def MoveRightBottomTo(*args, **kwargs):
1784         """MoveRightBottomTo(self, Point2D pt)"""
1785         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveRightBottomTo(*args, **kwargs)
1786
1787     def GetCentre(*args, **kwargs):
1788         """GetCentre(self) -> Point2D"""
1789         return _core_.Rect2D_GetCentre(*args, **kwargs)
1790
1791     def SetCentre(*args, **kwargs):
1792         """SetCentre(self, Point2D pt)"""
1793         return _core_.Rect2D_SetCentre(*args, **kwargs)
1794
1795     def MoveCentreTo(*args, **kwargs):
1796         """MoveCentreTo(self, Point2D pt)"""
1797         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveCentreTo(*args, **kwargs)
1798
1799     def GetOutcode(*args, **kwargs):
1800         """GetOutcode(self, Point2D pt) -> int"""
1801         return _core_.Rect2D_GetOutcode(*args, **kwargs)
1802
1803     def Contains(*args, **kwargs):
1804         """Contains(self, Point2D pt) -> bool"""
1805         return _core_.Rect2D_Contains(*args, **kwargs)
1806
1807     def ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs):
1808         """ContainsRect(self, Rect2D rect) -> bool"""
1809         return _core_.Rect2D_ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs)
1810
1811     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1812         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1813         return _core_.Rect2D_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1814
1815     def HaveEqualSize(*args, **kwargs):
1816         """HaveEqualSize(self, Rect2D rect) -> bool"""
1817         return _core_.Rect2D_HaveEqualSize(*args, **kwargs)
1818
1819     def Inset(*args):
1820         """
1821         Inset(self, wxDouble x, wxDouble y)
1822         Inset(self, wxDouble left, wxDouble top, wxDouble right, wxDouble bottom)
1823         """
1824         return _core_.Rect2D_Inset(*args)
1825
1826     def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1827         """Offset(self, Point2D pt)"""
1828         return _core_.Rect2D_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1829
1830     def ConstrainTo(*args, **kwargs):
1831         """ConstrainTo(self, Rect2D rect)"""
1832         return _core_.Rect2D_ConstrainTo(*args, **kwargs)
1833
1834     def Interpolate(*args, **kwargs):
1835         """Interpolate(self, int widthfactor, int heightfactor) -> Point2D"""
1836         return _core_.Rect2D_Interpolate(*args, **kwargs)
1837
1838     def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1839         """Intersect(self, Rect2D otherRect)"""
1840         return _core_.Rect2D_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1841
1842     def CreateIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
1843         """CreateIntersection(self, Rect2D otherRect) -> Rect2D"""
1844         return _core_.Rect2D_CreateIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
1845
1846     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1847         """Intersects(self, Rect2D rect) -> bool"""
1848         return _core_.Rect2D_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1849
1850     def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1851         """Union(self, Rect2D otherRect)"""
1852         return _core_.Rect2D_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1853
1854     def CreateUnion(*args, **kwargs):
1855         """CreateUnion(self, Rect2D otherRect) -> Rect2D"""
1856         return _core_.Rect2D_CreateUnion(*args, **kwargs)
1857
1858     def Scale(*args):
1859         """
1860         Scale(self, wxDouble f)
1861         Scale(self, int num, int denum)
1862         """
1863         return _core_.Rect2D_Scale(*args)
1864
1865     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1866         """
1867         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1868
1869         Test for equality of wx.Rect2D objects.
1870         """
1871         return _core_.Rect2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1872
1873     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1874         """
1875         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1876
1877         Test for inequality of wx.Rect2D objects.
1878         """
1879         return _core_.Rect2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1880
1881     x = property(_core_.Rect2D_x_get, _core_.Rect2D_x_set)
1882     y = property(_core_.Rect2D_y_get, _core_.Rect2D_y_set)
1883     width = property(_core_.Rect2D_width_get, _core_.Rect2D_width_set)
1884     height = property(_core_.Rect2D_height_get, _core_.Rect2D_height_set)
1885     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1886         """Set(self, wxDouble x=0, wxDouble y=0, wxDouble width=0, wxDouble height=0)"""
1887         return _core_.Rect2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1888
1889     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1890         """
1891         Get() -> (x,y, width, height)
1892
1893         Return x, y, width and height y properties as a tuple.
1894         """
1895         return _core_.Rect2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1896
1897     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1898     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Rect2D'+str(self.Get())
1899     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1900     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1901     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1902         if index == 0: self.x = val
1903         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1904         elif index == 2: self.width = val
1905         elif index == 3: self.height = val
1906         else: raise IndexError
1907     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0)
1908     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1909     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Rect2D, self.Get())
1910
1911 _core_.Rect2D_swigregister(Rect2D)
1912
1913 class Position(object):
1914     """Proxy of C++ Position class"""
1915     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1916     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1917     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1918         """__init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> Position"""
1919         _core_.Position_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Position(*args, **kwargs))
1920     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Position
1921     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1922     def GetRow(*args, **kwargs):
1923         """GetRow(self) -> int"""
1924         return _core_.Position_GetRow(*args, **kwargs)
1925
1926     def GetColumn(*args, **kwargs):
1927         """GetColumn(self) -> int"""
1928         return _core_.Position_GetColumn(*args, **kwargs)
1929
1930     def GetCol(*args, **kwargs):
1931         """GetCol(self) -> int"""
1932         return _core_.Position_GetCol(*args, **kwargs)
1933
1934     def SetRow(*args, **kwargs):
1935         """SetRow(self, int row)"""
1936         return _core_.Position_SetRow(*args, **kwargs)
1937
1938     def SetColumn(*args, **kwargs):
1939         """SetColumn(self, int column)"""
1940         return _core_.Position_SetColumn(*args, **kwargs)
1941
1942     def SetCol(*args, **kwargs):
1943         """SetCol(self, int column)"""
1944         return _core_.Position_SetCol(*args, **kwargs)
1945
1946     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1947         """
1948         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1949
1950         Test for equality of wx.Position objects.
1951         """
1952         return _core_.Position___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1953
1954     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1955         """
1956         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1957
1958         Test for inequality of wx.Position objects.
1959         """
1960         return _core_.Position___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1961
1962     def __add__(*args):
1963         """
1964         __add__(self, Position p) -> Position
1965         __add__(self, Size s) -> Position
1966         """
1967         return _core_.Position___add__(*args)
1968
1969     def __sub__(*args):
1970         """
1971         __sub__(self, Position p) -> Position
1972         __sub__(self, Size s) -> Position
1973         """
1974         return _core_.Position___sub__(*args)
1975
1976     row = property(GetRow,SetRow)
1977     col = property(GetCol,SetCol)
1978 _core_.Position_swigregister(Position)
1979
1980 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1981
1982 FromStart = _core_.FromStart
1983 FromCurrent = _core_.FromCurrent
1984 FromEnd = _core_.FromEnd
1985 class InputStream(object):
1986     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class"""
1987     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1988     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1989     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1990         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream"""
1991         _core_.InputStream_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InputStream(*args, **kwargs))
1992     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_InputStream
1993     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1994     def close(*args, **kwargs):
1995         """close(self)"""
1996         return _core_.InputStream_close(*args, **kwargs)
1997
1998     def flush(*args, **kwargs):
1999         """flush(self)"""
2000         return _core_.InputStream_flush(*args, **kwargs)
2001
2002     def eof(*args, **kwargs):
2003         """eof(self) -> bool"""
2004         return _core_.InputStream_eof(*args, **kwargs)
2005
2006     def read(*args, **kwargs):
2007         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
2008         return _core_.InputStream_read(*args, **kwargs)
2009
2010     def readline(*args, **kwargs):
2011         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
2012         return _core_.InputStream_readline(*args, **kwargs)
2013
2014     def readlines(*args, **kwargs):
2015         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject"""
2016         return _core_.InputStream_readlines(*args, **kwargs)
2017
2018     def seek(*args, **kwargs):
2019         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)"""
2020         return _core_.InputStream_seek(*args, **kwargs)
2021
2022     def tell(*args, **kwargs):
2023         """tell(self) -> int"""
2024         return _core_.InputStream_tell(*args, **kwargs)
2025
2026     def Peek(*args, **kwargs):
2027         """Peek(self) -> char"""
2028         return _core_.InputStream_Peek(*args, **kwargs)
2029
2030     def GetC(*args, **kwargs):
2031         """GetC(self) -> char"""
2032         return _core_.InputStream_GetC(*args, **kwargs)
2033
2034     def LastRead(*args, **kwargs):
2035         """LastRead(self) -> size_t"""
2036         return _core_.InputStream_LastRead(*args, **kwargs)
2037
2038     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2039         """CanRead(self) -> bool"""
2040         return _core_.InputStream_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2041
2042     def Eof(*args, **kwargs):
2043         """Eof(self) -> bool"""
2044         return _core_.InputStream_Eof(*args, **kwargs)
2045
2046     def Ungetch(*args, **kwargs):
2047         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool"""
2048         return _core_.InputStream_Ungetch(*args, **kwargs)
2049
2050     def SeekI(*args, **kwargs):
2051         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long"""
2052         return _core_.InputStream_SeekI(*args, **kwargs)
2053
2054     def TellI(*args, **kwargs):
2055         """TellI(self) -> long"""
2056         return _core_.InputStream_TellI(*args, **kwargs)
2057
2058 _core_.InputStream_swigregister(InputStream)
2059 DefaultPosition = cvar.DefaultPosition
2060 DefaultSize = cvar.DefaultSize
2061
2062 class OutputStream(object):
2063     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class"""
2064     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2065     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
2066     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2067     def write(*args, **kwargs):
2068         """write(self, PyObject obj)"""
2069         return _core_.OutputStream_write(*args, **kwargs)
2070
2071     def LastWrite(*args, **kwargs):
2072         """LastWrite(self) -> size_t"""
2073         return _core_.OutputStream_LastWrite(*args, **kwargs)
2074
2075 _core_.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStream)
2076
2077 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2078
2079 class FSFile(Object):
2080     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class"""
2081     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2082     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2083     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2084         """
2085         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,
2086             DateTime modif) -> FSFile
2087         """
2088         _core_.FSFile_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FSFile(*args, **kwargs))
2089     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FSFile
2090     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2091     def GetStream(*args, **kwargs):
2092         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream"""
2093         return _core_.FSFile_GetStream(*args, **kwargs)
2094
2095     def DetachStream(*args, **kwargs):
2096         """DetachStream(self)"""
2097         return _core_.FSFile_DetachStream(*args, **kwargs)
2098
2099     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2100         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
2101         return _core_.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2102
2103     def GetLocation(*args, **kwargs):
2104         """GetLocation(self) -> String"""
2105         return _core_.FSFile_GetLocation(*args, **kwargs)
2106
2107     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
2108         """GetAnchor(self) -> String"""
2109         return _core_.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
2110
2111     def GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs):
2112         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime"""
2113         return _core_.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs)
2114
2115     Anchor = property(GetAnchor,doc="See `GetAnchor`")
2116     Location = property(GetLocation,doc="See `GetLocation`")
2117     MimeType = property(GetMimeType,doc="See `GetMimeType`")
2118     ModificationTime = property(GetModificationTime,doc="See `GetModificationTime`")
2119     Stream = property(GetStream,doc="See `GetStream`")
2120 _core_.FSFile_swigregister(FSFile)
2121
2122 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object):
2123     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class"""
2124     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2125     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
2126     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2127     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_CPPFileSystemHandler
2128     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2129 _core_.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandler)
2130
2131 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
2132     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class"""
2133     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2134     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2135     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2136         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler"""
2137         _core_.FileSystemHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystemHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2138         FileSystemHandler._setCallbackInfo(self, self, FileSystemHandler)
2139
2140     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
2141         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
2142         return _core_.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
2143
2144     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
2145         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
2146         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
2147
2148     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2149         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
2150         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2151
2152     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
2153         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
2154         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
2155
2156     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
2157         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2158         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
2159
2160     def GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs):
2161         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String"""
2162         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs)
2163
2164     def GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs):
2165         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
2166         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs)
2167
2168     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
2169         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String"""
2170         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
2171
2172     def GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs):
2173         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
2174         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs)
2175
2176     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs):
2177         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String"""
2178         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs)
2179
2180     Anchor = property(GetAnchor,doc="See `GetAnchor`")
2181     LeftLocation = property(GetLeftLocation,doc="See `GetLeftLocation`")
2182     MimeTypeFromExt = property(GetMimeTypeFromExt,doc="See `GetMimeTypeFromExt`")
2183     Protocol = property(GetProtocol,doc="See `GetProtocol`")
2184     RightLocation = property(GetRightLocation,doc="See `GetRightLocation`")
2185 _core_.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandler)
2186
2187 class FileSystem(Object):
2188     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class"""
2189     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2190     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2191     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2192         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem"""
2193         _core_.FileSystem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystem(*args, **kwargs))
2194     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FileSystem
2195     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2196     def ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs):
2197         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)"""
2198         return _core_.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs)
2199
2200     def GetPath(*args, **kwargs):
2201         """GetPath(self) -> String"""
2202         return _core_.FileSystem_GetPath(*args, **kwargs)
2203
2204     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2205         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile"""
2206         return _core_.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2207
2208     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
2209         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
2210         return _core_.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
2211
2212     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
2213         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2214         return _core_.FileSystem_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
2215
2216     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2217         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
2218         return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2219
2220     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
2221     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2222         """RemoveHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler) -> CPPFileSystemHandler"""
2223         return _core_.FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2224
2225     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
2226     def CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
2227         """CleanUpHandlers()"""
2228         return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
2229
2230     CleanUpHandlers = staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers)
2231     def FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
2232         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
2233         return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
2234
2235     FileNameToURL = staticmethod(FileNameToURL)
2236     def URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
2237         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
2238         return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
2239
2240     URLToFileName = staticmethod(URLToFileName)
2241     Path = property(GetPath,doc="See `GetPath`")
2242 _core_.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystem)
2243
2244 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2245   """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
2246   return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2247
2248 def FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2249   """FileSystem_RemoveHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler) -> CPPFileSystemHandler"""
2250   return _core_.FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2251
2252 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args):
2253   """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()"""
2254   return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args)
2255
2256 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
2257   """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
2258   return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
2259
2260 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
2261   """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
2262   return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
2263
2264 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
2265     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class"""
2266     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2267     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2268     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2269         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler"""
2270         _core_.InternetFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InternetFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2271     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
2272         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
2273         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
2274
2275     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2276         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
2277         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2278
2279 _core_.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandler)
2280
2281 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
2282     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class"""
2283     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2284     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2285     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2286         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler"""
2287         _core_.ZipFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ZipFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2288     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
2289         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
2290         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
2291
2292     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2293         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
2294         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2295
2296     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
2297         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
2298         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
2299
2300     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
2301         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2302         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
2303
2304 _core_.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandler)
2305
2306
2307 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs):
2308   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)"""
2309   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs)
2310
2311 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2312   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)"""
2313   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2314
2315 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs):
2316   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)"""
2317   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs)
2318 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename, dataItem, imgType=-1):
2319     """
2320     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can
2321     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain
2322     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType
2323     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be
2324     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc.
2325     """
2326     if isinstance(dataItem, wx.Image):
2327         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename, dataItem, imgType)
2328     elif isinstance(dataItem, wx.Bitmap):
2329         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename, dataItem, imgType)
2330     elif type(dataItem) == str:
2331         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename, dataItem)
2332     else:
2333         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected'
2334
2335 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
2336     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class"""
2337     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2338     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2339     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2340         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler"""
2341         _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2342     def RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2343         """RemoveFile(String filename)"""
2344         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2345
2346     RemoveFile = staticmethod(RemoveFile)
2347     AddFile = staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile)
2348     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
2349         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
2350         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
2351
2352     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2353         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
2354         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2355
2356     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
2357         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
2358         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
2359
2360     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
2361         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2362         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
2363
2364 _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandler)
2365
2366 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2367   """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)"""
2368   return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2369
2370 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
2371 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
2372 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
2373 IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL = _core_.IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL
2374 IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH
2375 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2376
2377 class ImageHandler(Object):
2378     """
2379     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2380     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not
2381     normally seen by the application.
2382     """
2383     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2384     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
2385     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2386     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
2387         """GetName(self) -> String"""
2388         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
2389
2390     def GetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2391         """GetExtension(self) -> String"""
2392         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2393
2394     def GetType(*args, **kwargs):
2395         """GetType(self) -> long"""
2396         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetType(*args, **kwargs)
2397
2398     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2399         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
2400         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2401
2402     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2403         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool"""
2404         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2405
2406     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2407         """CanReadStream(self, InputStream stream) -> bool"""
2408         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2409
2410     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
2411         """SetName(self, String name)"""
2412         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
2413
2414     def SetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2415         """SetExtension(self, String extension)"""
2416         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2417
2418     def SetType(*args, **kwargs):
2419         """SetType(self, long type)"""
2420         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetType(*args, **kwargs)
2421
2422     def SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2423         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)"""
2424         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2425
2426     Extension = property(GetExtension,SetExtension,doc="See `GetExtension` and `SetExtension`")
2427     MimeType = property(GetMimeType,SetMimeType,doc="See `GetMimeType` and `SetMimeType`")
2428     Name = property(GetName,SetName,doc="See `GetName` and `SetName`")
2429     Type = property(GetType,SetType,doc="See `GetType` and `SetType`")
2430 _core_.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandler)
2431
2432 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler):
2433     """
2434     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2435     image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2436     image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2437     the following methods::
2438
2439         def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2440             '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2441
2442         def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2443             '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2444
2445         def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2446             '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2447                this handler's image file format.'''
2448
2449         def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2450             '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2451                how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2452
2453     To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2454     `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2455     `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2456
2457     """
2458     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2459     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2460     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2461         """
2462         __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler
2463
2464         This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2465         image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2466         image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2467         the following methods::
2468
2469             def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2470                 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2471
2472             def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2473                 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2474
2475             def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2476                 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2477                    this handler's image file format.'''
2478
2479             def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2480                 '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2481                    how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2482
2483         To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2484         `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2485         `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2486
2487         """
2488         _core_.PyImageHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyImageHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2489         self._SetSelf(self)
2490
2491     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
2492         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
2493         return _core_.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
2494
2495 _core_.PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandler)
2496
2497 class ImageHistogram(object):
2498     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class"""
2499     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2500     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2501     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2502         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram"""
2503         _core_.ImageHistogram_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ImageHistogram(*args, **kwargs))
2504     def MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2505         """
2506         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2507
2508         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2509         """
2510         return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2511
2512     MakeKey = staticmethod(MakeKey)
2513     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2514         """
2515         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2516
2517         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2518         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2519         success flag and rgb values.
2520         """
2521         return _core_.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2522
2523     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
2524         """
2525         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long
2526
2527         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a
2528         key value from a RGB tripple.
2529         """
2530         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
2531
2532     def GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2533         """
2534         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2535
2536         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values.
2537         """
2538         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2539
2540     def GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs):
2541         """
2542         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long
2543
2544         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value.
2545         """
2546         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs)
2547
2548 _core_.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogram)
2549
2550 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2551   """
2552     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2553
2554     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2555     """
2556   return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2557
2558 class Image_RGBValue(object):
2559     """
2560     An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent
2561     the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2562     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB
2563     color space.
2564     """
2565     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2566     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2567     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2568         """
2569         __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue
2570
2571         Constructor.
2572         """
2573         _core_.Image_RGBValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_RGBValue(*args, **kwargs))
2574     red = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_red_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_red_set)
2575     green = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_green_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_green_set)
2576     blue = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_set)
2577 _core_.Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValue)
2578
2579 class Image_HSVValue(object):
2580     """
2581     An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which
2582     represent the value of a color.  It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2583     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB
2584     color space.
2585     """
2586     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2587     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2588     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2589         """
2590         __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue
2591
2592         Constructor.
2593         """
2594         _core_.Image_HSVValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_HSVValue(*args, **kwargs))
2595     hue = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_set)
2596     saturation = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set)
2597     value = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_value_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_value_set)
2598 _core_.Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValue)
2599
2600 class Image(Object):
2601     """
2602     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from
2603     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a
2604     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image
2605     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation.
2606
2607     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a
2608     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the
2609     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a
2610     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`.
2611
2612     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will
2613     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the
2614     bitmap object.
2615
2616     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte
2617     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also
2618     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0
2619     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255
2620     means that the pixel is 100% opaque.
2621
2622     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using
2623     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel
2624     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files
2625     with transparency information will have an alpha channel.
2626     """
2627     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2628     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2629     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2630         """
2631         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2632
2633         Loads an image from a file.
2634         """
2635         _core_.Image_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image(*args, **kwargs))
2636     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Image
2637     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2638     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
2639         """
2640         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True)
2641
2642         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be
2643         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized.
2644         """
2645         return _core_.Image_Create(*args, **kwargs)
2646
2647     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
2648         """
2649         Destroy(self)
2650
2651         Destroys the image data.
2652         """
2653         args[0].this.own(False)
2654         return _core_.Image_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
2655
2656     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
2657         """
2658         Scale(self, int width, int height, int quality=IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL) -> Image
2659
2660         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling
2661         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a
2662         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`.  The ``quality`` parameter
2663         specifies what method to use for resampling the image.  It can be
2664         either wx.IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL, which uses the normal default scaling
2665         method of pixel replication, or wx.IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH which uses
2666         bicubic and box averaging resampling methods for upsampling and
2667         downsampling respectively.
2668         """
2669         return _core_.Image_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
2670
2671     def ResampleBox(*args, **kwargs):
2672         """ResampleBox(self, int width, int height) -> Image"""
2673         return _core_.Image_ResampleBox(*args, **kwargs)
2674
2675     def ResampleBicubic(*args, **kwargs):
2676         """ResampleBicubic(self, int width, int height) -> Image"""
2677         return _core_.Image_ResampleBicubic(*args, **kwargs)
2678
2679     def Blur(*args, **kwargs):
2680         """
2681         Blur(self, int radius) -> Image
2682
2683         Blurs the image in both horizontal and vertical directions by the
2684         specified pixel ``radius``. This should not be used when using a
2685         single mask colour for transparency.
2686         """
2687         return _core_.Image_Blur(*args, **kwargs)
2688
2689     def BlurHorizontal(*args, **kwargs):
2690         """
2691         BlurHorizontal(self, int radius) -> Image
2692
2693         Blurs the image in the horizontal direction only. This should not be
2694         used when using a single mask colour for transparency.
2695
2696         """
2697         return _core_.Image_BlurHorizontal(*args, **kwargs)
2698
2699     def BlurVertical(*args, **kwargs):
2700         """
2701         BlurVertical(self, int radius) -> Image
2702
2703         Blurs the image in the vertical direction only. This should not be
2704         used when using a single mask colour for transparency.
2705         """
2706         return _core_.Image_BlurVertical(*args, **kwargs)
2707
2708     def ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs):
2709         """
2710         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image
2711
2712         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors.
2713         """
2714         return _core_.Image_ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs)
2715
2716     def Rescale(*args, **kwargs):
2717         """
2718         Rescale(self, int width, int height, int quality=IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL) -> Image
2719
2720         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to
2721         this function, the image will have the given width and height.
2722
2723         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2724         """
2725         return _core_.Image_Rescale(*args, **kwargs)
2726
2727     def Resize(*args, **kwargs):
2728         """
2729         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2730
2731         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding
2732         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2733         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2734         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new
2735         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2736         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2737         newly exposed areas.
2738
2739         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2740         """
2741         return _core_.Image_Resize(*args, **kwargs)
2742
2743     def SetRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2744         """
2745         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2746
2747         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs
2748         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to
2749         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that
2750         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to
2751         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method.
2752         """
2753         return _core_.Image_SetRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2754
2755     def SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs):
2756         """
2757         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2758
2759         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine
2760         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a
2761         safe way to manipulate the data.
2762         """
2763         return _core_.Image_SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs)
2764
2765     def GetRed(*args, **kwargs):
2766         """
2767         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2768
2769         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate.
2770         """
2771         return _core_.Image_GetRed(*args, **kwargs)
2772
2773     def GetGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2774         """
2775         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2776
2777         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate.
2778         """
2779         return _core_.Image_GetGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2780
2781     def GetBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2782         """
2783         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2784
2785         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate.
2786         """
2787         return _core_.Image_GetBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2788
2789     def SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2790         """
2791         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha)
2792
2793         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be
2794         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check
2795         for this.
2796         """
2797         return _core_.Image_SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2798
2799     def GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2800         """
2801         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2802
2803         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be
2804         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for
2805         this.
2806
2807         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0
2808         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to
2809         the fully opaque pixels.
2810         """
2811         return _core_.Image_GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2812
2813     def HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2814         """
2815         HasAlpha(self) -> bool
2816
2817         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise.
2818         """
2819         return _core_.Image_HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2820
2821     def InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2822         """
2823         InitAlpha(self)
2824
2825         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if
2826         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by
2827         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image
2828         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent.
2829         """
2830         return _core_.Image_InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2831
2832     def IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
2833         """
2834         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2835
2836         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less
2837         than the spcified threshold.
2838         """
2839         return _core_.Image_IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
2840
2841     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2842         """
2843         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2844
2845         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2846         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2847         success flag and rgb values.
2848         """
2849         return _core_.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2850
2851     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs):
2852         """
2853         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2854
2855         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All
2856         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the
2857         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is
2858         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`.
2859
2860         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does
2861         nothing.
2862         """
2863         return _core_.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs)
2864
2865     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2866         """
2867         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool
2868
2869         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is
2870         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey)
2871         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC
2872         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although
2873         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This
2874         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text.
2875         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given.
2876         """
2877         return _core_.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2878
2879     def SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs):
2880         """
2881         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool
2882
2883         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of
2884         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done
2885         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as
2886         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the
2887         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value.
2888
2889         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the
2890         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the
2891         mask was successfully applied.
2892
2893         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is
2894         computationally intensive operation.
2895         """
2896         return _core_.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs)
2897
2898     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2899         """
2900         CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2901
2902         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2903         """
2904         return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2905
2906     CanRead = staticmethod(CanRead)
2907     def GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2908         """
2909         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2910
2911         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2912         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2913         the number of available images.
2914         """
2915         return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2916
2917     GetImageCount = staticmethod(GetImageCount)
2918     def LoadFile(*args, **kwargs):
2919         """
2920         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2921
2922         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the
2923         library will try to autodetect the format.
2924         """
2925         return _core_.Image_LoadFile(*args, **kwargs)
2926
2927     def LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2928         """
2929         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2930
2931         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type
2932         string.
2933         """
2934         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2935
2936     def SaveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2937         """
2938         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool
2939
2940         Saves an image in the named file.
2941         """
2942         return _core_.Image_SaveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2943
2944     def SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2945         """
2946         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool
2947
2948         Saves an image in the named file.
2949         """
2950         return _core_.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2951
2952     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2953         """
2954         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2955
2956         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2957         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2958         object.
2959         """
2960         return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2961
2962     CanReadStream = staticmethod(CanReadStream)
2963     def LoadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2964         """
2965         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2966
2967         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2968         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to
2969         autodetect the format.
2970         """
2971         return _core_.Image_LoadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2972
2973     def LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs):
2974         """
2975         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2976
2977         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2978         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format.
2979         """
2980         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs)
2981
2982     def IsOk(*args, **kwargs):
2983         """
2984         IsOk(self) -> bool
2985
2986         Returns true if image data is present.
2987         """
2988         return _core_.Image_IsOk(*args, **kwargs)
2989
2990     Ok = IsOk
2991     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
2992         """
2993         GetWidth(self) -> int
2994
2995         Gets the width of the image in pixels.
2996         """
2997         return _core_.Image_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
2998
2999     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
3000         """
3001         GetHeight(self) -> int
3002
3003         Gets the height of the image in pixels.
3004         """
3005         return _core_.Image_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
3006
3007     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
3008         """
3009         GetSize(self) -> Size
3010
3011         Returns the size of the image in pixels.
3012         """
3013         return _core_.Image_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
3014
3015     def GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs):
3016         """
3017         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image
3018
3019         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs
3020         entirely to the image.
3021         """
3022         return _core_.Image_GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs)
3023
3024     def Size(*args, **kwargs):
3025         """
3026         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
3027
3028         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding
3029         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
3030         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
3031         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new
3032         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
3033         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
3034         newly exposed areas.
3035         """
3036         return _core_.Image_Size(*args, **kwargs)
3037
3038     def Copy(*args, **kwargs):
3039         """
3040         Copy(self) -> Image
3041
3042         Returns an identical copy of the image.
3043         """
3044         return _core_.Image_Copy(*args, **kwargs)
3045
3046     def Paste(*args, **kwargs):
3047         """
3048         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y)
3049
3050         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour
3051         and any out of bounds problems.
3052         """
3053         return _core_.Image_Paste(*args, **kwargs)
3054
3055     def GetData(*args, **kwargs):
3056         """
3057         GetData(self) -> PyObject
3058
3059         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image.
3060         """
3061         return _core_.Image_GetData(*args, **kwargs)
3062
3063     def SetData(*args, **kwargs):
3064         """
3065         SetData(self, buffer data)
3066
3067         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts
3068         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of
3069         the data must be width*height*3.
3070         """
3071         return _core_.Image_SetData(*args, **kwargs)
3072
3073     def GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3074         """
3075         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject
3076
3077         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB
3078         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do
3079         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
3080         """
3081         return _core_.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3082
3083     def SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3084         """
3085         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data)
3086
3087         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer
3088         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
3089         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does.
3090         """
3091         return _core_.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3092
3093     def GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
3094         """
3095         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject
3096
3097         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image.
3098         """
3099         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
3100
3101     def SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
3102         """
3103         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha)
3104
3105         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either
3106         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the
3107         data must be width*height.
3108         """
3109         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
3110
3111     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3112         """
3113         GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject
3114
3115         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the Alpha
3116         data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do not
3117         use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
3118         """
3119         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3120
3121     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3122         """
3123         SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)
3124
3125         Sets the internal image alpha pointer to point at a Python buffer
3126         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
3127         ensure that the buffer object lives as long as the wx.Image does.
3128         """
3129         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3130
3131     def SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
3132         """
3133         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b)
3134
3135         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the
3136         mask).
3137         """
3138         return _core_.Image_SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
3139
3140     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
3141         """
3142         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b)
3143
3144         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour.
3145         """
3146         return _core_.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
3147
3148     def GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs):
3149         """
3150         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte
3151
3152         Gets the red component of the mask colour.
3153         """
3154         return _core_.Image_GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs)
3155
3156     def GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs):
3157         """
3158         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte
3159
3160         Gets the green component of the mask colour.
3161         """
3162         return _core_.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs)
3163
3164     def GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs):
3165         """
3166         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte
3167
3168         Gets the blue component of the mask colour.
3169         """
3170         return _core_.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs)
3171
3172     def SetMask(*args, **kwargs):
3173         """
3174         SetMask(self, bool mask=True)
3175
3176         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is
3177         determined by the current mask colour.
3178         """
3179         return _core_.Image_SetMask(*args, **kwargs)
3180
3181     def HasMask(*args, **kwargs):
3182         """
3183         HasMask(self) -> bool
3184
3185         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise.
3186         """
3187         return _core_.Image_HasMask(*args, **kwargs)
3188
3189     def Rotate(*args, **kwargs):
3190         """
3191         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,
3192             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image
3193
3194         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing
3195         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is
3196         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the
3197         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black
3198         will be used as the fill colour.
3199
3200         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact.
3201         """
3202         return _core_.Image_Rotate(*args, **kwargs)
3203
3204     def Rotate90(*args, **kwargs):
3205         """
3206         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image
3207
3208         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction
3209         indicated by ``clockwise``.
3210         """
3211         return _core_.Image_Rotate90(*args, **kwargs)
3212
3213     def Mirror(*args, **kwargs):
3214         """
3215         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image
3216
3217         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally``
3218         indicates the orientation.
3219         """
3220         return _core_.Image_Mirror(*args, **kwargs)
3221
3222     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
3223         """
3224         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2)
3225
3226         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour
3227         ``(r2,g2,b2)``.
3228         """
3229         return _core_.Image_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
3230
3231     def ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs):
3232         """
3233         ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image
3234
3235         Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the
3236         image.  The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb),
3237         defaults to ITU-T BT.601
3238         """
3239         return _core_.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs)
3240
3241     def ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs):
3242         """
3243         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image
3244
3245         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has
3246         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black
3247         colour everywhere else.
3248         """
3249         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs)
3250
3251     def SetOption(*args, **kwargs):
3252         """
3253         SetOption(self, String name, String value)
3254
3255         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a
3256         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a
3257         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good).
3258         """
3259         return _core_.Image_SetOption(*args, **kwargs)
3260
3261     def SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
3262         """
3263         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value)
3264
3265         Sets an image option as an integer.
3266         """
3267         return _core_.Image_SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
3268
3269     def GetOption(*args, **kwargs):
3270         """
3271         GetOption(self, String name) -> String
3272
3273         Gets the value of an image handler option.
3274         """
3275         return _core_.Image_GetOption(*args, **kwargs)
3276
3277     def GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
3278         """
3279         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int
3280
3281         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given
3282         option is not present, the function returns 0.
3283         """
3284         return _core_.Image_GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
3285
3286     def HasOption(*args, **kwargs):
3287         """
3288         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool
3289
3290         Returns true if the given option is present.
3291         """
3292         return _core_.Image_HasOption(*args, **kwargs)
3293
3294     def CountColours(*args, **kwargs):
3295         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long"""
3296         return _core_.Image_CountColours(*args, **kwargs)
3297
3298     def ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs):
3299         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long"""
3300         return _core_.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs)
3301
3302     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3303         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3304         return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3305
3306     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
3307     def InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3308         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3309         return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3310
3311     InsertHandler = staticmethod(InsertHandler)
3312     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3313         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3314         return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3315
3316     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
3317     def GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
3318         """GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3319         return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
3320
3321     GetHandlers = staticmethod(GetHandlers)
3322     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs):
3323         """
3324         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3325
3326         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3327         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3328         dialog boxes.
3329         """
3330         return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs)
3331
3332     GetImageExtWildcard = staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard)
3333     def ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
3334         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap"""
3335         return _core_.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
3336
3337     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
3338         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap"""
3339         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
3340
3341     def RotateHue(*args, **kwargs):
3342         """
3343         RotateHue(self, double angle)
3344
3345         Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the
3346         range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees
3347         """
3348         return _core_.Image_RotateHue(*args, **kwargs)
3349
3350     def RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3351         """
3352         RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3353
3354         Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3355         """
3356         return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3357
3358     RGBtoHSV = staticmethod(RGBtoHSV)
3359     def HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3360         """
3361         HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3362
3363         Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3364         """
3365         return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3366
3367     HSVtoRGB = staticmethod(HSVtoRGB)
3368     def __nonzero__(self): return self.IsOk()
3369     AlphaBuffer = property(GetAlphaBuffer,SetAlphaBuffer,doc="See `GetAlphaBuffer` and `SetAlphaBuffer`")
3370     AlphaData = property(GetAlphaData,SetAlphaData,doc="See `GetAlphaData` and `SetAlphaData`")
3371     Data = property(GetData,SetData,doc="See `GetData` and `SetData`")
3372     DataBuffer = property(GetDataBuffer,SetDataBuffer,doc="See `GetDataBuffer` and `SetDataBuffer`")
3373     Height = property(GetHeight,doc="See `GetHeight`")
3374     MaskBlue = property(GetMaskBlue,doc="See `GetMaskBlue`")
3375     MaskGreen = property(GetMaskGreen,doc="See `GetMaskGreen`")
3376     MaskRed = property(GetMaskRed,doc="See `GetMaskRed`")
3377     Width = property(GetWidth,doc="See `GetWidth`")
3378 _core_.Image_swigregister(Image)
3379
3380 def ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs):
3381     """
3382     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
3383
3384     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as
3385     'image/jpeg') to specify image type.
3386     """
3387     val = _core_.new_ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs)
3388     return val
3389
3390 def ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs):
3391     """
3392     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
3393
3394     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
3395     object.
3396     """
3397     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs)
3398     return val
3399
3400 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs):
3401     """
3402     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
3403
3404     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
3405     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string.
3406     """
3407     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs)
3408     return val
3409
3410 def EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs):
3411     """
3412     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image
3413
3414     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all
3415     pixels to black.
3416     """
3417     val = _core_.new_EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs)
3418     return val
3419
3420 def ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
3421     """
3422     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image
3423
3424     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`.
3425     """
3426     val = _core_.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
3427     return val
3428
3429 def ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs):
3430     """
3431     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image
3432
3433     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a
3434     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data
3435     must be width*height*3.
3436     """
3437     val = _core_.new_ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs)
3438     return val
3439
3440 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
3441     """
3442     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image
3443
3444     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel.
3445     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the
3446     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the
3447     alpha data must be width*height bytes.
3448     """
3449     val = _core_.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
3450     return val
3451
3452 def Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
3453   """
3454     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool
3455
3456     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
3457     """
3458   return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
3459
3460 def Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
3461   """
3462     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
3463
3464     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
3465     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
3466     the number of available images.
3467     """
3468   return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
3469
3470 def Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
3471   """
3472     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
3473
3474     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
3475     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
3476     object.
3477     """
3478   return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
3479
3480 def Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3481   """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3482   return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3483
3484 def Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3485   """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3486   return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3487
3488 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3489   """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3490   return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3491
3492 def Image_GetHandlers(*args):
3493   """Image_GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3494   return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args)
3495
3496 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args):
3497   """
3498     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3499
3500     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3501     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3502     dialog boxes.
3503     """
3504   return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args)
3505
3506 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3507   """
3508     Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3509
3510     Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3511     """
3512   return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3513
3514 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3515   """
3516     Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3517
3518     Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3519     """
3520   return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3521
3522
3523 def _ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3524   """_ImageFromBuffer(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha=None) -> Image"""
3525   return _core_._ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3526 def ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer=None):
3527     """
3528     Creates a `wx.Image` from the data in dataBuffer.  The dataBuffer
3529     parameter must be a Python object that implements the buffer interface,
3530     such as a string, array, etc.  The dataBuffer object is expected to
3531     contain a series of RGB bytes and be width*height*3 bytes long.  A buffer
3532     object can optionally be supplied for the image's alpha channel data, and
3533     it is expected to be width*height bytes long.
3534
3535     The wx.Image will be created with its data and alpha pointers initialized
3536     to the memory address pointed to by the buffer objects, thus saving the
3537     time needed to copy the image data from the buffer object to the wx.Image.
3538     While this has advantages, it also has the shoot-yourself-in-the-foot
3539     risks associated with sharing a C pointer between two objects.
3540
3541     To help alleviate the risk a reference to the data and alpha buffer
3542     objects are kept with the wx.Image, so that they won't get deleted until
3543     after the wx.Image is deleted.  However please be aware that it is not
3544     guaranteed that an object won't move its memory buffer to a new location
3545     when it needs to resize its contents.  If that happens then the wx.Image
3546     will end up referring to an invalid memory location and could cause the
3547     application to crash.  Therefore care should be taken to not manipulate
3548     the objects used for the data and alpha buffers in a way that would cause
3549     them to change size.
3550     """
3551     image = _core_._ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer)
3552     image._buffer = dataBuffer
3553     image._alpha = alphaBuffer
3554     return image
3555
3556 def InitAllImageHandlers():
3557     """
3558     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to
3559     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP.
3560     """
3561     pass
3562
3563 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_NONE = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_NONE
3564 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
3565 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
3566 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR = _core_.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
3567 PNG_TYPE_GREY = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY
3568 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
3569 BMP_24BPP = _core_.BMP_24BPP
3570 BMP_8BPP = _core_.BMP_8BPP
3571 BMP_8BPP_GREY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GREY
3572 BMP_8BPP_GRAY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
3573 BMP_8BPP_RED = _core_.BMP_8BPP_RED
3574 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE = _core_.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
3575 BMP_4BPP = _core_.BMP_4BPP
3576 BMP_1BPP = _core_.BMP_1BPP
3577 BMP_1BPP_BW = _core_.BMP_1BPP_BW
3578 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler):
3579     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files."""
3580     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3581     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3582     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3583         """
3584         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler
3585
3586         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.
3587         """
3588         _core_.BMPHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BMPHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3589 _core_.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandler)
3590 NullImage = cvar.NullImage
3591 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
3592 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
3593 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
3594 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
3595 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
3596 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
3597 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
3598 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
3599 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
3600 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
3601 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
3602 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
3603 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
3604 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
3605 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
3606
3607 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler):
3608     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files."""
3609     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3610     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3611     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3612         """
3613         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler
3614
3615         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.
3616         """
3617         _core_.ICOHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ICOHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3618 _core_.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandler)
3619
3620 class CURHandler(ICOHandler):
3621     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files."""
3622     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3623     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3624     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3625         """
3626         __init__(self) -> CURHandler
3627
3628         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.
3629         """
3630         _core_.CURHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CURHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3631 _core_.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandler)
3632
3633 class ANIHandler(CURHandler):
3634     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files."""
3635     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3636     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3637     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3638         """
3639         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler
3640
3641         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.
3642         """
3643         _core_.ANIHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ANIHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3644 _core_.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandler)
3645
3646 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler):
3647     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files."""
3648     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3649     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3650     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3651         """
3652         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler
3653
3654         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.
3655         """
3656         _core_.PNGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3657 _core_.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandler)
3658
3659 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler):
3660     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files."""
3661     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3662     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3663     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3664         """
3665         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler
3666
3667         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.
3668         """
3669         _core_.GIFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GIFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3670 _core_.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandler)
3671
3672 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler):
3673     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files."""
3674     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3675     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3676     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3677         """
3678         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler
3679
3680         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.
3681         """
3682         _core_.PCXHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PCXHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3683 _core_.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandler)
3684
3685 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler):
3686     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files."""
3687     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3688     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3689     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3690         """
3691         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler
3692
3693         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.
3694         """
3695         _core_.JPEGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_JPEGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3696 _core_.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandler)
3697
3698 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler):
3699     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files."""
3700     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3701     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3702     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3703         """
3704         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler
3705
3706         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.
3707         """
3708         _core_.PNMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3709 _core_.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandler)
3710
3711 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler):
3712     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image."""
3713     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3714     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3715     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3716         """
3717         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler
3718
3719         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.
3720         """
3721         _core_.XPMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_XPMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3722 _core_.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandler)
3723
3724 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler):
3725     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files."""
3726     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3727     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3728     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3729         """
3730         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler
3731
3732         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.
3733         """
3734         _core_.TIFFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TIFFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3735 _core_.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandler)
3736
3737 class TGAHandler(ImageHandler):
3738     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TGA image files."""
3739     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3740     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3741     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3742         """
3743         __init__(self) -> TGAHandler
3744
3745         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TGA image files.
3746         """
3747         _core_.TGAHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TGAHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3748 _core_.TGAHandler_swigregister(TGAHandler)
3749
3750 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS = _core_.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
3751 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE = _core_.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
3752 class Quantize(object):
3753     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage."""
3754     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3755     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3756     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3757     def Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3758         """
3759         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3760
3761         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3762         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3763         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3764         """
3765         return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3766
3767     Quantize = staticmethod(Quantize)
3768 _core_.Quantize_swigregister(Quantize)
3769
3770 def Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3771   """
3772     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3773
3774     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3775     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3776     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3777     """
3778   return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3779
3780 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3781
3782 class EvtHandler(Object):
3783     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class"""
3784     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3785     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3786     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3787         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3788         _core_.EvtHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EvtHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3789         self._setOORInfo(self)
3790
3791     def GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3792         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3793         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3794
3795     def GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3796         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3797         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3798
3799     def SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3800         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3801         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3802
3803     def SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3804         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3805         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3806
3807     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3808         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool"""
3809         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3810
3811     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3812         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)"""
3813         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3814
3815     def ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3816         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool"""
3817         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3818
3819     def AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3820         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)"""
3821         return _core_.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3822
3823     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
3824         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)"""
3825         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
3826
3827     def Connect(*args, **kwargs):
3828         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)"""
3829         return _core_.EvtHandler_Connect(*args, **kwargs)
3830
3831     def Disconnect(*args, **kwargs):
3832         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool"""
3833         return _core_.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args, **kwargs)
3834
3835     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
3836         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)"""
3837         val = _core_.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
3838         args[0].this.own(False)
3839         return val
3840
3841     def Bind(self, event, handler, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3842         """
3843         Bind an event to an event handler.
3844
3845         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the
3846                       type of event to bind,
3847
3848         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the
3849                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to
3850                       disconnect an event handler.
3851
3852         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a
3853                       different window than self, but you still
3854                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a
3855                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By
3856                       passing the source of the event, the event
3857                       handling system is able to differentiate
3858                       between the same event type from different
3859                       controls.
3860
3861         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead
3862                    of instance.
3863
3864         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler
3865                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.
3866         """
3867         if source is not None:
3868             id  = source.GetId()
3869         event.Bind(self, id, id2, handler)
3870
3871     def Unbind(self, event, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3872         """
3873         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.
3874         Returns True if successful.
3875         """
3876         if source is not None:
3877             id  = source.GetId()
3878         return event.Unbind(self, id, id2)
3879
3880     EvtHandlerEnabled = property(GetEvtHandlerEnabled,SetEvtHandlerEnabled,doc="See `GetEvtHandlerEnabled` and `SetEvtHandlerEnabled`")
3881     NextHandler = property(GetNextHandler,SetNextHandler,doc="See `GetNextHandler` and `SetNextHandler`")
3882     PreviousHandler = property(GetPreviousHandler,SetPreviousHandler,doc="See `GetPreviousHandler` and `SetPreviousHandler`")
3883 _core_.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandler)
3884
3885 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3886
3887 class PyEventBinder(object):
3888     """
3889     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event
3890     handlers.
3891     """
3892     def __init__(self, evtType, expectedIDs=0):
3893         if expectedIDs not in [0, 1, 2]:
3894             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs"
3895         self.expectedIDs = expectedIDs
3896
3897         if type(evtType) == list or type(evtType) == tuple:
3898             self.evtType = evtType
3899         else:
3900             self.evtType = [evtType]
3901
3902
3903     def Bind(self, target, id1, id2, function):
3904         """Bind this set of event types to target."""
3905         for et in self.evtType:
3906             target.Connect(id1, id2, et, function)
3907
3908
3909     def Unbind(self, target, id1, id2):
3910         """Remove an event binding."""
3911         success = 0
3912         for et in self.evtType:
3913             success += target.Disconnect(id1, id2, et)
3914         return success != 0
3915
3916     def _getEvtType(self):
3917         """
3918         Make it easy to get to the default wxEventType typeID for this
3919         event binder.
3920         """
3921         return self.evtType[0]
3922
3923     typeId = property(_getEvtType)
3924
3925
3926     def __call__(self, *args):
3927         """
3928         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions.
3929         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID,
3930         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the
3931         type of the event.
3932         """
3933         assert len(args) == 2 + self.expectedIDs
3934         id1 = wx.ID_ANY
3935         id2 = wx.ID_ANY
3936         target = args[0]
3937         if self.expectedIDs == 0:
3938             func = args[1]
3939         elif self.expectedIDs == 1:
3940             id1 = args[1]
3941             func = args[2]
3942         elif self.expectedIDs == 2:
3943             id1 = args[1]
3944             id2 = args[2]
3945             func = args[3]
3946         else:
3947             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs"
3948
3949         self.Bind(target, id1, id2, func)
3950
3951
3952 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole...
3953 def EVT_COMMAND(win, id, cmd, func):
3954     win.Connect(id, -1, cmd, func)
3955 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win, id1, id2, cmd, func):
3956     win.Connect(id1, id2, cmd, func)
3957
3958
3959 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3960
3961 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3962
3963 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
3964 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
3965
3966 def NewEventType(*args):
3967   """NewEventType() -> EventType"""
3968   return _core_.NewEventType(*args)
3969 wxEVT_ANY = _core_.wxEVT_ANY
3970 wxEVT_NULL = _core_.wxEVT_NULL
3971 wxEVT_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_FIRST
3972 wxEVT_USER_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
3973 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
3974 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
3975 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
3976 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
3977 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
3978 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
3979 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
3980 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
3981 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
3982 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
3983 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
3984 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
3985 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
3986 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
3987 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
3988 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
3989 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
3990 wxEVT_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
3991 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
3992 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
3993 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
3994 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
3995 wxEVT_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_MOTION
3996 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
3997 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
3998 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
3999 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4000 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4001 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
4002 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
4003 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
4004 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4005 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
4006 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
4007 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
4008 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
4009 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
4010 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
4011 wxEVT_NC_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
4012 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
4013 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
4014 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
4015 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4016 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
4017 wxEVT_CHAR = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR
4018 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
4019 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = _core_.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
4020 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
4021 wxEVT_KEY_UP = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_UP
4022 wxEVT_HOTKEY = _core_.wxEVT_HOTKEY
4023 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR = _core_.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
4024 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
4025 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
4026 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
4027 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
4028 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
4029 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
4030 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
4031 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
4032 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
4033 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
4034 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
4035 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
4036 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
4037 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
4038 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
4039 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
4040 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
4041 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
4042 wxEVT_SIZE = _core_.wxEVT_SIZE
4043 wxEVT_MOVE = _core_.wxEVT_MOVE
4044 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
4045 wxEVT_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_END_SESSION
4046 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
4047 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
4048 wxEVT_ACTIVATE = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
4049 wxEVT_CREATE = _core_.wxEVT_CREATE
4050 wxEVT_DESTROY = _core_.wxEVT_DESTROY
4051 wxEVT_SHOW = _core_.wxEVT_SHOW
4052 wxEVT_ICONIZE = _core_.wxEVT_ICONIZE
4053 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE = _core_.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
4054 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
4055 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST
4056 wxEVT_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT
4057 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = _core_.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
4058 wxEVT_NC_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
4059 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
4060 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
4061 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
4062 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
4063 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU = _core_.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
4064 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
4065 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
4066 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
4067 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
4068 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
4069 wxEVT_DROP_FILES = _core_.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
4070 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
4071 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
4072 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
4073 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG = _core_.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
4074 wxEVT_IDLE = _core_.wxEVT_IDLE
4075 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI = _core_.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
4076 wxEVT_SIZING = _core_.wxEVT_SIZING
4077 wxEVT_MOVING = _core_.wxEVT_MOVING
4078 wxEVT_HIBERNATE = _core_.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
4079 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY
4080 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT
4081 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE
4082 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
4083 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
4084 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
4085 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
4086 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
4087 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
4088 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
4089 #
4090 # Create some event binders
4091 EVT_SIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE )
4092 EVT_SIZING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING )
4093 EVT_MOVE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE )
4094 EVT_MOVING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING )
4095 EVT_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW )
4096 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
4097 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
4098 EVT_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT )
4099 EVT_NC_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT )
4100 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND )
4101 EVT_CHAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR )
4102 EVT_KEY_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN )
4103 EVT_KEY_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP )
4104 EVT_HOTKEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY, 1)
4105 EVT_CHAR_HOOK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK )
4106 EVT_MENU_OPEN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN )
4107 EVT_MENU_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE )
4108 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, 1)
4109 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT )
4110 EVT_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS )
4111 EVT_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS )
4112 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS )
4113 EVT_ACTIVATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE )
4114 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP )
4115 EVT_HIBERNATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE )
4116 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
4117 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
4118 EVT_DROP_FILES = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES )
4119 EVT_INIT_DIALOG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG )
4120 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED )
4121 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED )
4122 EVT_SHOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW )
4123 EVT_MAXIMIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE )
4124 EVT_ICONIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE )
4125 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY )
4126 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED )
4127 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE )
4128 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE )
4129 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY )
4130 EVT_SET_CURSOR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR )
4131 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED )
4132 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST )
4133
4134 EVT_LEFT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN )
4135 EVT_LEFT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP )
4136 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN )
4137 EVT_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP )
4138 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN )
4139 EVT_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP )
4140 EVT_MOTION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION )
4141 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK )
4142 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK )
4143 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK )
4144 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW )
4145 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW )
4146 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL )
4147
4148 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
4149                                      wxEVT_LEFT_UP,
4150                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
4151                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
4152                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN,
4153                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_UP,
4154                                      wxEVT_MOTION,
4155                                      wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,
4156                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK,
4157                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK,
4158                                      wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW,
4159                                      wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW,
4160                                      wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4161                                      ])
4162
4163
4164 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow)
4165 EVT_SCROLLWIN = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP,
4166                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM,
4167                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP,
4168                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN,
4169                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP,
4170                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN,
4171                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK,
4172                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE,
4173                                   ])
4174
4175 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP )
4176 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM )
4177 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP )
4178 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN )
4179 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP )
4180 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN )
4181 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK )
4182 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE )
4183
4184 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar
4185 EVT_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
4186                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
4187                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
4188                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
4189                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
4190                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
4191                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
4192                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
4193                                wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
4194                                ])
4195
4196 EVT_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP )
4197 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM )
4198 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP )
4199 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN )
4200 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP )
4201 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN )
4202 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK )
4203 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE )
4204 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED )
4205 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
4206
4207 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id
4208 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
4209                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
4210                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
4211                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
4212                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
4213                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
4214                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
4215                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
4216                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
4217                                        ], 1)
4218
4219 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, 1)
4220 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, 1)
4221 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, 1)
4222 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, 1)
4223 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, 1)
4224 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, 1)
4225 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, 1)
4226 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, 1)
4227 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, 1)
4228 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
4229
4230 EVT_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, 1)
4231 EVT_CHECKBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, 1)
4232 EVT_CHOICE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, 1)
4233 EVT_LISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, 1)
4234 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, 1)
4235 EVT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 1)
4236 EVT_MENU_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 2)
4237 EVT_SLIDER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, 1)
4238 EVT_RADIOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
4239 EVT_RADIOBUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, 1)
4240
4241 EVT_SCROLLBAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, 1)
4242 EVT_VLBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, 1)
4243 EVT_COMBOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
4244 EVT_TOOL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 1)
4245 EVT_TOOL_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 2)
4246 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 1)
4247 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 2)
4248 EVT_TOOL_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, 1)
4249 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, 1)
4250
4251
4252 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, 1)
4253 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, 1)
4254 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, 1)
4255 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, 1)
4256 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, 1)
4257 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, 1)
4258 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, 1)
4259
4260 EVT_IDLE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE )
4261
4262 EVT_UPDATE_UI = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 1)
4263 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 2)
4264
4265 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU )
4266
4267 EVT_TEXT_CUT   =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT )
4268 EVT_TEXT_COPY  =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY )
4269 EVT_TEXT_PASTE =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE )
4270
4271
4272 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4273
4274 class Event(Object):
4275     """
4276     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a
4277     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for
4278     other event classes
4279     """
4280     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4281     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
4282     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4283     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Event
4284     __del__ = lambda self : None;
4285     def SetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
4286         """
4287         SetEventType(self, EventType typ)
4288
4289         Sets the specific type of the event.
4290         """
4291         return _core_.Event_SetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
4292
4293     def GetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
4294         """
4295         GetEventType(self) -> EventType
4296
4297         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as
4298         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``.
4299         """
4300         return _core_.Event_GetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
4301
4302     def GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
4303         """
4304         GetEventObject(self) -> Object
4305
4306         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if
4307         any.
4308         """
4309         return _core_.Event_GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
4310
4311     def SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
4312         """
4313         SetEventObject(self, Object obj)
4314
4315         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the
4316         object that is sending the event.
4317         """
4318         return _core_.Event_SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
4319
4320     def GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
4321         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long"""
4322         return _core_.Event_GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
4323
4324     def SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
4325         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)"""
4326         return _core_.Event_SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
4327
4328     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
4329         """
4330         GetId(self) -> int
4331
4332         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button
4333         command id.
4334         """
4335         return _core_.Event_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
4336
4337     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
4338         """
4339         SetId(self, int Id)
4340
4341         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that
4342         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu
4343         item, etc.
4344         """
4345         return _core_.Event_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
4346
4347     def IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs):
4348         """
4349         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool
4350
4351         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else
4352         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes.
4353         """
4354         return _core_.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs)
4355
4356     def Skip(*args, **kwargs):
4357         """
4358         Skip(self, bool skip=True)
4359
4360         This method can be used inside an event handler to control whether
4361         further event handlers bound to this event will be called after the
4362         current one returns. Without Skip() (or equivalently if Skip(False) is
4363         used), the event will not be processed any more. If Skip(True) is
4364         called, the event processing system continues searching for a further
4365         handler function for this event, even though it has been processed
4366         already in the current handler.
4367         """
4368         return _core_.Event_Skip(*args, **kwargs)
4369
4370     def GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs):
4371         """
4372         GetSkipped(self) -> bool
4373
4374         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise.
4375         :see: `Skip`
4376         """
4377         return _core_.Event_GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs)
4378
4379     def ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs):
4380         """
4381         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool
4382
4383         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not,
4384         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0.
4385         """
4386         return _core_.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs)
4387
4388     def StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs):
4389         """
4390         StopPropagation(self) -> int
4391
4392         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old
4393         propagation level value which may be later passed to
4394         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again.
4395         """
4396         return _core_.Event_StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs)
4397
4398     def ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs):
4399         """
4400         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel)
4401
4402         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For
4403         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to
4404         `StopPropagation`.)
4405
4406         """
4407         return _core_.Event_ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs)
4408
4409     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4410         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4411         return _core_.Event_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4412
4413     EventObject = property(GetEventObject,SetEventObject,doc="See `GetEventObject` and `SetEventObject`")
4414     EventType = property(GetEventType,SetEventType,doc="See `GetEventType` and `SetEventType`")
4415     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
4416     Skipped = property(GetSkipped,doc="See `GetSkipped`")
4417     Timestamp = property(GetTimestamp,SetTimestamp,doc="See `GetTimestamp` and `SetTimestamp`")
4418 _core_.Event_swigregister(Event)
4419
4420 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4421
4422 class PropagationDisabler(object):
4423     """
4424     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
4425     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
4426     propogation of the event will be restored.
4427     """
4428     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4429     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4430     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4431         """
4432         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler
4433
4434         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
4435         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
4436         propogation of the event will be restored.
4437         """
4438         _core_.PropagationDisabler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagationDisabler(*args, **kwargs))
4439     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagationDisabler
4440     __del__ = lambda self : None;
4441 _core_.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisabler)
4442
4443 class PropagateOnce(object):
4444     """
4445     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
4446     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
4447     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
4448     """
4449     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4450     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4451     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4452         """
4453         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce
4454
4455         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
4456         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
4457         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
4458         """
4459         _core_.PropagateOnce_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagateOnce(*args, **kwargs))
4460     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagateOnce
4461     __del__ = lambda self : None;
4462 _core_.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOnce)
4463
4464 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4465
4466 class CommandEvent(Event):
4467     """
4468     This event class contains information about command events, which
4469     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
4470     toolbars.
4471     """
4472     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4473     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4474     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4475         """
4476         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent
4477
4478         This event class contains information about command events, which
4479         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
4480         toolbars.
4481         """
4482         _core_.CommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4483     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
4484         """
4485         GetSelection(self) -> int
4486
4487         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4488         for a deselection).
4489         """
4490         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4491
4492     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
4493         """SetString(self, String s)"""
4494         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
4495
4496     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
4497         """
4498         GetString(self) -> String
4499
4500         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4501         for a deselection).
4502         """
4503         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
4504
4505     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
4506         """
4507         IsChecked(self) -> bool
4508
4509         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the
4510         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false
4511         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if
4512         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only
4513         makes sense for checkable menu items).
4514         """
4515         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
4516
4517     Checked = IsChecked
4518     def IsSelection(*args, **kwargs):
4519         """
4520         IsSelection(self) -> bool
4521
4522         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection,
4523         false if it is a deselection.
4524         """
4525         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4526
4527     def SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4528         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)"""
4529         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4530
4531     def GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4532         """
4533         GetExtraLong(self) -> long
4534
4535         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the
4536         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining
4537         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A
4538         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in
4539         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the
4540         listbox must be examined by the application.
4541         """
4542         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4543
4544     def SetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4545         """SetInt(self, int i)"""
4546         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4547
4548     def GetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4549         """
4550         GetInt(self) -> int
4551
4552         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or
4553         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a
4554         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox.
4555         """
4556         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4557
4558     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4559         """
4560         GetClientData(self) -> PyObject
4561
4562         Returns the client data object for a listbox or choice selection event, (if any.)
4563         """
4564         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4565
4566     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4567         """
4568         SetClientData(self, PyObject clientData)
4569
4570         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
4571         """
4572         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4573
4574     GetClientObject = GetClientData
4575     SetClientObject = SetClientData
4576
4577     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4578         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4579         return _core_.CommandEvent_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4580
4581     ClientData = property(GetClientData,SetClientData,doc="See `GetClientData` and `SetClientData`")
4582     ClientObject = property(GetClientObject,SetClientObject,doc="See `GetClientObject` and `SetClientObject`")
4583     ExtraLong = property(GetExtraLong,SetExtraLong,doc="See `GetExtraLong` and `SetExtraLong`")
4584     Int = property(GetInt,SetInt,doc="See `GetInt` and `SetInt`")
4585     Selection = property(GetSelection,doc="See `GetSelection`")
4586     String = property(GetString,SetString,doc="See `GetString` and `SetString`")
4587 _core_.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEvent)
4588
4589 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4590
4591 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent):
4592     """
4593     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4594     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4595     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4596     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4597     """
4598     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4599     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4600     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4601         """
4602         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent
4603
4604         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4605         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4606         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4607         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4608         """
4609         _core_.NotifyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NotifyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4610     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
4611         """
4612         Veto(self)
4613
4614         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening.
4615
4616         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for
4617         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which
4618         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising.
4619         """
4620         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
4621
4622     def Allow(*args, **kwargs):
4623         """
4624         Allow(self)
4625
4626         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be
4627         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as
4628         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this
4629         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description).
4630         """
4631         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args, **kwargs)
4632
4633     def IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs):
4634         """
4635         IsAllowed(self) -> bool
4636
4637         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or
4638         false otherwise (if it was).
4639         """
4640         return _core_.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs)
4641
4642 _core_.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEvent)
4643
4644 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4645
4646 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent):
4647     """
4648     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone
4649     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send
4650     instances of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent`
4651     instead.
4652     """
4653     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4654     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4655     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4656         """
4657         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,
4658             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent
4659         """
4660         _core_.ScrollEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4661     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4662         """
4663         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4664
4665         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4666         the scrollbar.
4667         """
4668         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4669
4670     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4671         """
4672         GetPosition(self) -> int
4673
4674         Returns the position of the scrollbar.
4675         """
4676         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4677
4678     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4679         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4680         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4681
4682     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4683         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4684         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4685
4686     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
4687     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
4688 _core_.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEvent)
4689
4690 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4691
4692 class ScrollWinEvent(Event):
4693     """
4694     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4695     scrolling windows.
4696     """
4697     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4698     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4699     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4700         """
4701         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent
4702
4703         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4704         scrolling windows.
4705         """
4706         _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4707     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4708         """
4709         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4710
4711         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4712         the scrollbar.
4713         """
4714         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4715
4716     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4717         """
4718         GetPosition(self) -> int
4719
4720         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release
4721         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you
4722         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case.
4723         """
4724         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4725
4726     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4727         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4728         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4729
4730     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4731         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4732         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4733
4734     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
4735     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
4736 _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEvent)
4737
4738 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4739
4740 MOUSE_BTN_ANY = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
4741 MOUSE_BTN_NONE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
4742 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
4743 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4744 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
4745 class MouseEvent(Event):
4746     """
4747     This event class contains information about the events generated by
4748     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and
4749     mouse move events.
4750
4751     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for
4752     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and
4753     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have
4754     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the
4755     events from it.
4756
4757     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`:
4758     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse
4759     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is
4760     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the
4761     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button
4762     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true,
4763     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the
4764     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same
4765     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well.
4766     """
4767     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4768     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4769     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4770         """
4771         __init__(self, EventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent
4772
4773         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are:
4774
4775             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
4776             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
4777             * wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
4778             * wxEVT_LEFT_UP
4779             * wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
4780             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
4781             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
4782             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4783             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
4784             * wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
4785             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4786             * wxEVT_MOTION
4787             * wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4788         """
4789         _core_.MouseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4790     def IsButton(*args, **kwargs):
4791         """
4792         IsButton(self) -> bool
4793
4794         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a
4795         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`).
4796         """
4797         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args, **kwargs)
4798
4799     def ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs):
4800         """
4801         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4802
4803         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4804         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4805         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible
4806         values).
4807         """
4808         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs)
4809
4810     def ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4811         """
4812         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4813
4814         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4815         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4816         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible
4817         values).
4818         """
4819         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4820
4821     def ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs):
4822         """
4823         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4824
4825         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4826         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button
4827         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values).
4828         """
4829         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs)
4830
4831     def Button(*args, **kwargs):
4832         """
4833         Button(self, int button) -> bool
4834
4835         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid
4836         values of button are:
4837
4838              ====================      =====================================
4839              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed
4840              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed
4841              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed
4842              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed
4843              ====================      =====================================
4844
4845         """
4846         return _core_.MouseEvent_Button(*args, **kwargs)
4847
4848     def ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4849         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool"""
4850         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4851
4852     def GetButton(*args, **kwargs):
4853         """
4854         GetButton(self) -> int
4855
4856         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or
4857         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or
4858         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for
4859         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4860         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the
4861         right buttons respectively.
4862         """
4863         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args, **kwargs)
4864
4865     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4866         """
4867         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4868
4869         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event.
4870         """
4871         return _core_.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4872
4873     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4874         """
4875         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4876
4877         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4878         """
4879         return _core_.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4880
4881     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4882         """
4883         AltDown(self) -> bool
4884
4885         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4886         """
4887         return _core_.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4888
4889     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4890         """
4891         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4892
4893         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4894         """
4895         return _core_.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4896
4897     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4898         """
4899         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4900
4901         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4902         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4903         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4904         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4905         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this
4906         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4907         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4908         """
4909         return _core_.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4910
4911     def LeftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4912         """
4913         LeftDown(self) -> bool
4914
4915         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down.
4916         """
4917         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4918
4919     def MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs):
4920         """
4921         MiddleDown(self) -> bool
4922
4923         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down.
4924         """
4925         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs)
4926
4927     def RightDown(*args, **kwargs):
4928         """
4929         RightDown(self) -> bool
4930
4931         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down.
4932         """
4933         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args, **kwargs)
4934
4935     def LeftUp(*args, **kwargs):
4936         """
4937         LeftUp(self) -> bool
4938
4939         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up.
4940         """
4941         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args, **kwargs)
4942
4943     def MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs):
4944         """
4945         MiddleUp(self) -> bool
4946
4947         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up.
4948         """
4949         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs)
4950
4951     def RightUp(*args, **kwargs):
4952         """
4953         RightUp(self) -> bool
4954
4955         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up.
4956         """
4957         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args, **kwargs)
4958
4959     def LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4960         """
4961         LeftDClick(self) -> bool
4962
4963         Returns true if the event was a left button double click.
4964         """
4965         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4966
4967     def MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4968         """
4969         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool
4970
4971         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click.
4972         """
4973         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4974
4975     def RightDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4976         """
4977         RightDClick(self) -> bool
4978
4979         Returns true if the event was a right button double click.
4980         """
4981         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4982
4983     def LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4984         """
4985         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool
4986
4987         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent
4988         of the current event type.
4989
4990         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true
4991         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the
4992         state of the mouse button before the event happened.
4993
4994         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process
4995         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still)
4996         dragging the mouse.
4997         """
4998         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4999
5000     def MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
5001         """
5002         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool
5003
5004         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent
5005         of the current event type.
5006         """
5007         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
5008
5009     def RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
5010         """
5011         RightIsDown(self) -> bool
5012
5013         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent
5014         of the current event type.
5015         """
5016         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
5017
5018     def Dragging(*args, **kwargs):
5019         """
5020         Dragging(self) -> bool
5021
5022         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is
5023         depressed).
5024         """
5025         return _core_.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args, **kwargs)
5026
5027     def Moving(*args, **kwargs):
5028         """
5029         Moving(self) -> bool
5030
5031         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were
5032         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns
5033         false and Dragging returns true.
5034         """
5035         return _core_.MouseEvent_Moving(*args, **kwargs)
5036
5037     def Entering(*args, **kwargs):
5038         """
5039         Entering(self) -> bool
5040
5041         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window.
5042         """
5043         return _core_.MouseEvent_Entering(*args, **kwargs)
5044
5045     def Leaving(*args, **kwargs):
5046         """
5047         Leaving(self) -> bool
5048
5049         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window.
5050         """
5051         return _core_.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args, **kwargs)
5052
5053     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5054         """
5055         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5056
5057         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
5058         event happened.
5059         """
5060         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5061
5062     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
5063         """
5064         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
5065
5066         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
5067         event happened.
5068         """
5069         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
5070
5071     def GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5072         """
5073         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point
5074
5075         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated
5076         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates
5077         that the window has been scrolled).
5078         """
5079         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5080
5081     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
5082         """
5083         GetX(self) -> int
5084
5085         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
5086         """
5087         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
5088
5089     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
5090         """
5091         GetY(self) -> int
5092
5093         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
5094         """
5095         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
5096
5097     def GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs):
5098         """
5099         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int
5100
5101         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of
5102         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to
5103         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be
5104         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one
5105         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either
5106         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values
5107         have been accumulated before scrolling.
5108         """
5109         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs)
5110
5111     def GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs):
5112         """
5113         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int
5114
5115         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be
5116         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment)
5117         should occur for each delta.
5118         """
5119         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs)
5120
5121     def GetWheelAxis(*args, **kwargs):
5122         """
5123         GetWheelAxis(self) -> int
5124
5125         Gets the axis the wheel operation concerns, 0 being the y axis as on
5126         most mouse wheels, 1 is the x axis for things like MightyMouse scrolls
5127         or horizontal trackpad scrolling.
5128         """
5129         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelAxis(*args, **kwargs)
5130
5131     def GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs):
5132         """
5133         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int
5134
5135         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled
5136         per wheel action. Defaults to three.
5137         """
5138         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs)
5139
5140     def IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs):
5141         """
5142         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool
5143
5144         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with
5145         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling.
5146         """
5147         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs)
5148
5149     m_x = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_x_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_x_set)
5150     m_y = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_y_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_y_set)
5151     m_leftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set)
5152     m_middleDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set)
5153     m_rightDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set)
5154     m_controlDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set)
5155     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
5156     m_altDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set)
5157     m_metaDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set)
5158     m_wheelRotation = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set)
5159     m_wheelDelta = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set)
5160     m_linesPerAction = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set)
5161     Button = property(GetButton,doc="See `GetButton`")
5162     LinesPerAction = property(GetLinesPerAction,doc="See `GetLinesPerAction`")
5163     LogicalPosition = property(GetLogicalPosition,doc="See `GetLogicalPosition`")
5164     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
5165     WheelDelta = property(GetWheelDelta,doc="See `GetWheelDelta`")
5166     WheelRotation = property(GetWheelRotation,doc="See `GetWheelRotation`")
5167     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
5168     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
5169 _core_.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEvent)
5170
5171 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5172
5173 class SetCursorEvent(Event):
5174     """
5175     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set
5176     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the
5177     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the
5178     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor`
5179     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed.
5180     """
5181     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5182     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5183     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5184         """
5185         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent
5186
5187         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`.
5188         """
5189         _core_.SetCursorEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SetCursorEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5190     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
5191         """
5192         GetX(self) -> int
5193
5194         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
5195         """
5196         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
5197
5198     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
5199         """
5200         GetY(self) -> int
5201
5202         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
5203         """
5204         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
5205
5206     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
5207         """
5208         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor)
5209
5210         Sets the cursor associated with this event.
5211         """
5212         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
5213
5214     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
5215         """
5216         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
5217
5218         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event.
5219         """
5220         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
5221
5222     def HasCursor(*args, **kwargs):
5223         """
5224         HasCursor(self) -> bool
5225
5226         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor.
5227         """
5228         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args, **kwargs)
5229
5230     Cursor = property(GetCursor,SetCursor,doc="See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`")
5231     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
5232     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
5233 _core_.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEvent)
5234
5235 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5236
5237 class KeyEvent(Event):
5238     """
5239     This event class contains information about keypress and character
5240     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has
5241     the keyboard focus.
5242
5243     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in
5244     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference
5245     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press
5246     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just
5247     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will
5248     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only
5249     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event
5250     corresponding to each down one.
5251
5252     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event
5253     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric
5254     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of
5255     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in
5256     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the
5257     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for
5258     example.
5259
5260     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed
5261     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key
5262     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key
5263     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and
5264     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be
5265     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as
5266     well.
5267
5268     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code
5269     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value
5270     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this
5271     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the
5272     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly
5273     by the system itself.
5274
5275     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed:
5276     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the
5277     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1,
5278     the ASCII value of this key combination.
5279
5280     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave
5281     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and
5282     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard
5283     focus.
5284
5285     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not
5286     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not
5287     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both
5288     types of events to be a bit simpler.
5289
5290     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets
5291     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and
5292     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char
5293     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator).
5294
5295     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't
5296     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to
5297     work under Windows.
5298
5299     """
5300     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5301     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5302     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5303         """
5304         __init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent
5305
5306         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are:
5307             *
5308         """
5309         _core_.KeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_KeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5310     def GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
5311         """
5312         GetModifiers(self) -> int
5313
5314         Returns a bitmask of the current modifier settings.  Can be used to
5315         check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers without having
5316         to explicitly check that the other modifiers are not down.  For
5317         example::
5318
5319             if event.GetModifers() == wx.MOD_CONTROL:
5320                 DoSomething()
5321
5322         """
5323         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
5324
5325     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
5326         """
5327         ControlDown(self) -> bool
5328
5329         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event.
5330         """
5331         return _core_.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
5332
5333     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
5334         """
5335         MetaDown(self) -> bool
5336
5337         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
5338         """
5339         return _core_.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
5340
5341     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
5342         """
5343         AltDown(self) -> bool
5344
5345         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
5346         """
5347         return _core_.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
5348
5349     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
5350         """
5351         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
5352
5353         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
5354         """
5355         return _core_.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
5356
5357     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
5358         """
5359         CmdDown(self) -> bool
5360
5361         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
5362         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
5363         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
5364         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
5365         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this
5366         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
5367         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
5368         """
5369         return _core_.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
5370
5371     def HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
5372         """
5373         HasModifiers(self) -> bool
5374
5375         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the
5376         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither
5377         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that
5378         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the
5379         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed
5380         normally).
5381         """
5382         return _core_.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
5383
5384     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
5385         """
5386         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
5387
5388         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values,
5389         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left
5390         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key
5391         codes.
5392
5393         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if
5394         the user entered a character that can be represented in current
5395         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode
5396         character using `GetUnicodeKey`.
5397         """
5398         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
5399
5400     def GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
5401         """
5402         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int
5403
5404         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This
5405         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython.
5406         """
5407         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
5408
5409     GetUniChar = GetUnicodeKey
5410     def SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
5411         """
5412         SetUnicodeKey(self, int uniChar)
5413
5414         Set the Unicode value of the key event, but only if this is a Unicode
5415         build of wxPython.
5416         """
5417         return _core_.KeyEvent_SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
5418
5419     def GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
5420         """
5421         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int
5422
5423         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent
5424         scan code which should only be used in advanced
5425         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all
5426         ports.
5427         """
5428         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
5429
5430     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs):
5431         """
5432         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int
5433
5434         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are
5435         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications.
5436         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports.
5437         """
5438         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs)
5439
5440     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5441         """
5442         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5443
5444         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
5445         """
5446         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5447
5448     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
5449         """
5450         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
5451
5452         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
5453         """
5454         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
5455
5456     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
5457         """
5458         GetX(self) -> int
5459
5460         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
5461         applicable.
5462         """
5463         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
5464
5465     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
5466         """
5467         GetY(self) -> int
5468
5469         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
5470         applicable.
5471         """
5472         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
5473
5474     m_x = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_x_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_x_set)
5475     m_y = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_y_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_y_set)
5476     m_keyCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set)
5477     m_controlDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set)
5478     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
5479     m_altDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set)
5480     m_metaDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set)
5481     m_scanCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set)
5482     m_rawCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set)
5483     m_rawFlags = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set)
5484     KeyCode = property(GetKeyCode,doc="See `GetKeyCode`")
5485     Modifiers = property(GetModifiers,doc="See `GetModifiers`")
5486     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
5487     RawKeyCode = property(GetRawKeyCode,doc="See `GetRawKeyCode`")
5488     RawKeyFlags = property(GetRawKeyFlags,doc="See `GetRawKeyFlags`")
5489     UnicodeKey = property(GetUnicodeKey,SetUnicodeKey,doc="See `GetUnicodeKey` and `SetUnicodeKey`")
5490     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
5491     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
5492 _core_.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEvent)
5493
5494 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5495
5496 class SizeEvent(Event):
5497     """
5498     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE
5499     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has
5500     been resized.
5501
5502     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call
5503     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the
5504     application.
5505
5506     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is
5507     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the
5508     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the
5509     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole
5510     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to
5511     invalidate the entire window.
5512
5513     """
5514     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5515     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5516     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5517         """
5518         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent
5519
5520         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``.
5521         """
5522         _core_.SizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5523     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
5524         """
5525         GetSize(self) -> Size
5526
5527         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change
5528         event.
5529         """
5530         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
5531
5532     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5533         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5534         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5535
5536     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5537         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5538         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5539
5540     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
5541         """SetSize(self, Size size)"""
5542         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
5543
5544     m_size = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_size_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_size_set)
5545     m_rect = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_set)
5546     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
5547     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
5548 _core_.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEvent)
5549
5550 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5551
5552 class MoveEvent(Event):
5553     """
5554     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is
5555     moved to a new position.
5556     """
5557     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5558     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5559     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5560         """
5561         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent
5562
5563         Constructor.
5564         """
5565         _core_.MoveEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MoveEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5566     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5567         """
5568         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5569
5570         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event.
5571         """
5572         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5573
5574     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5575         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5576         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5577
5578     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5579         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5580         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5581
5582     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5583         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)"""
5584         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5585
5586     m_pos =  property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
5587     m_rect = property(GetRect, SetRect)
5588
5589     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
5590     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
5591 _core_.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEvent)
5592
5593 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5594
5595 class PaintEvent(Event):
5596     """
5597     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted.
5598     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create
5599     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS
5600     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send
5601     the event again, causing endless refreshes.
5602
5603     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been
5604     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`,
5605     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of
5606     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some
5607     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical,
5608     scrolled units.
5609
5610     """
5611     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5612     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5613     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5614         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent"""
5615         _core_.PaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5616 _core_.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEvent)
5617
5618 class NcPaintEvent(Event):
5619     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class"""
5620     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5621     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5622     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5623         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent"""
5624         _core_.NcPaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NcPaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5625 _core_.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEvent)
5626
5627 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5628
5629 class EraseEvent(Event):
5630     """
5631     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be
5632     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event
5633     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated
5634     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker.
5635
5636     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned
5637     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary
5638     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that.
5639
5640     """
5641     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5642     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5643     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5644         """
5645         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent
5646
5647         Constructor
5648         """
5649         _core_.EraseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EraseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5650     def GetDC(*args, **kwargs):
5651         """
5652         GetDC(self) -> DC
5653
5654         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If
5655         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use
5656         that instead.
5657         """
5658         return _core_.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args, **kwargs)
5659
5660     DC = property(GetDC,doc="See `GetDC`")
5661 _core_.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEvent)
5662
5663 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5664
5665 class FocusEvent(Event):
5666     """
5667     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing
5668     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it
5669     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event.
5670
5671     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus
5672     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is
5673     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`.
5674
5675     """
5676     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5677     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5678     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5679         """
5680         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent
5681
5682         Constructor
5683         """
5684         _core_.FocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5685     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5686         """
5687         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5688
5689         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the
5690         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the
5691         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event.
5692
5693         Warning: the window returned may be None!
5694         """
5695         return _core_.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5696
5697     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5698         """SetWindow(self, Window win)"""
5699         return _core_.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5700
5701     Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")
5702 _core_.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEvent)
5703
5704 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5705
5706 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent):
5707     """
5708     A child focus event is sent to a (parent-)window when one of its child
5709     windows gains focus, so that the window could restore the focus back
5710     to its corresponding child if it loses it now and regains later.
5711
5712     Notice that child window is the direct child of the window receiving
5713     the event, and so may not be the actual widget recieving focus if it
5714     is further down the containment heirarchy.  Use `wx.Window.FindFocus`
5715     to get the widget that is actually receiving focus.
5716     """
5717     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5718     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5719     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5720         """
5721         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent
5722
5723         Constructor
5724         """
5725         _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5726     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5727         """
5728         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5729
5730         The window, or (grand)parent of the window which has just received the
5731         focus.
5732         """
5733         return _core_.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5734
5735     Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`")
5736 _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEvent)
5737
5738 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5739
5740 class ActivateEvent(Event):
5741     """
5742     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire
5743     application is being activated or deactivated.
5744
5745     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when
5746     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the
5747     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus.
5748     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames
5749     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all
5750     application frames being inactive.
5751
5752     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers
5753     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not
5754     doing so can result in strange effects.
5755
5756     """
5757     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5758     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5759     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5760         """
5761         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent
5762
5763         Constructor
5764         """
5765         _core_.ActivateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ActivateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5766     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
5767         """
5768         GetActive(self) -> bool
5769
5770         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false
5771         otherwise.
5772         """
5773         return _core_.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
5774
5775     Active = property(GetActive,doc="See `GetActive`")
5776 _core_.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEvent)
5777
5778 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5779
5780 class InitDialogEvent(Event):
5781     """
5782     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for
5783     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this
5784     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be
5785     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler
5786     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`.
5787     """
5788     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5789     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5790     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5791         """
5792         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent
5793
5794         Constructor
5795         """
5796         _core_.InitDialogEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InitDialogEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5797 _core_.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEvent)
5798
5799 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5800
5801 class MenuEvent(Event):
5802     """
5803     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that
5804     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending
5805     `wx.CommandEvent` objects.
5806
5807     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help
5808     text in the first field of the status bar.
5809     """
5810     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5811     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5812     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5813         """
5814         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent
5815
5816         Constructor
5817         """
5818         _core_.MenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5819     def GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs):
5820         """
5821         GetMenuId(self) -> int
5822
5823         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method
5824         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events.
5825         """
5826         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs)
5827
5828     def IsPopup(*args, **kwargs):
5829         """
5830         IsPopup(self) -> bool
5831
5832         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a
5833         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only
5834         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5835         """
5836         return _core_.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args, **kwargs)
5837
5838     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
5839         """
5840         GetMenu(self) -> Menu
5841
5842         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should
5843         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5844         """
5845         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
5846
5847     Menu = property(GetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu`")
5848     MenuId = property(GetMenuId,doc="See `GetMenuId`")
5849 _core_.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEvent)
5850
5851 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5852
5853 class CloseEvent(Event):
5854     """
5855     This event class contains information about window and session close
5856     events.
5857
5858     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried
5859     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or
5860     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself
5861     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close`
5862     function.
5863
5864     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of
5865     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy
5866     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``,
5867     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not.
5868     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save
5869     files or to cancel the close.
5870
5871     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the
5872     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the
5873     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending
5874     on whether the close instruction was honored or not.
5875     """
5876     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5877     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5878     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5879         """
5880         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent
5881
5882         Constructor.
5883         """
5884         _core_.CloseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CloseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5885     def SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5886         """
5887         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff)
5888
5889         Sets the 'logging off' flag.
5890         """
5891         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5892
5893     def GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5894         """
5895         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool
5896
5897         Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the
5898         system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end
5899         session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close
5900         window event.
5901         """
5902         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5903
5904     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
5905         """
5906         Veto(self, bool veto=True)
5907
5908         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to
5909         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen.
5910
5911         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true.
5912         """
5913         return _core_.CloseEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
5914
5915     def GetVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5916         """GetVeto(self) -> bool"""
5917         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5918
5919     def SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5920         """
5921         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto)
5922
5923         Sets the 'can veto' flag.
5924         """
5925         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5926
5927     def CanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5928         """
5929         CanVeto(self) -> bool
5930
5931         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close
5932         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling
5933         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function
5934         must be called to check this.
5935         """
5936         return _core_.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5937
5938     LoggingOff = property(GetLoggingOff,SetLoggingOff,doc="See `GetLoggingOff` and `SetLoggingOff`")
5939 _core_.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEvent)
5940
5941 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5942
5943 class ShowEvent(Event):
5944     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden."""
5945     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5946     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5947     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5948         """
5949         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent
5950
5951         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.
5952         """
5953         _core_.ShowEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ShowEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5954     def SetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5955         """SetShow(self, bool show)"""
5956         return _core_.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5957
5958     def GetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5959         """GetShow(self) -> bool"""
5960         return _core_.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5961
5962     Show = property(GetShow,SetShow,doc="See `GetShow` and `SetShow`")
5963 _core_.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEvent)
5964
5965 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5966
5967 class IconizeEvent(Event):
5968     """
5969     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5970     restored.
5971     """
5972     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5973     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5974     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5975         """
5976         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent
5977
5978         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5979         restored.
5980         """
5981         _core_.IconizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IconizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5982     def Iconized(*args, **kwargs):
5983         """
5984         Iconized(self) -> bool
5985
5986         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has
5987         been restored.
5988         """
5989         return _core_.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args, **kwargs)
5990
5991 _core_.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEvent)
5992
5993 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5994
5995 class MaximizeEvent(Event):
5996     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored."""
5997     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5998     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5999     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6000         """
6001         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent
6002
6003         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.
6004         """
6005         _core_.MaximizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MaximizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6006 _core_.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEvent)
6007
6008 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6009
6010 class DropFilesEvent(Event):
6011     """
6012     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have
6013     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available
6014     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for
6015     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`.
6016
6017     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general
6018     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This
6019     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of
6020     dropping files.
6021
6022     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop
6023     events.
6024
6025     """
6026     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6027     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
6028     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6029     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6030         """
6031         GetPosition(self) -> Point
6032
6033         Returns the position at which the files were dropped.
6034         """
6035         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6036
6037     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs):
6038         """
6039         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int
6040
6041         Returns the number of files dropped.
6042         """
6043         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs)
6044
6045     def GetFiles(*args, **kwargs):
6046         """
6047         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject
6048
6049         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped.
6050         """
6051         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args, **kwargs)
6052
6053     Files = property(GetFiles,doc="See `GetFiles`")
6054     NumberOfFiles = property(GetNumberOfFiles,doc="See `GetNumberOfFiles`")
6055     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
6056 _core_.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEvent)
6057
6058 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6059
6060 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
6061 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6062 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent):
6063     """
6064     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by
6065     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user
6066     interface elements.
6067
6068     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to
6069     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as
6070     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be
6071     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a
6072     menu item or button.
6073
6074     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the
6075     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets
6076     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to
6077     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more
6078     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether
6079     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can
6080     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same.
6081
6082     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call
6083     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will
6084     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to
6085     update.
6086
6087     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just
6088     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process
6089     any UI events for the window that owns the menu.
6090
6091     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting
6092     your application, you can do one or both of the following:
6093
6094        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of
6095           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style
6096           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should
6097           receive update events. No other windows will receive update
6098           events.
6099
6100        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond
6101           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call
6102           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when
6103           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight
6104           delay before windows are updated.
6105
6106     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE
6107     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent
6108     from an internal idle handler.
6109
6110     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On
6111     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu
6112     is about to be shown, and not in idle time.
6113
6114     """
6115     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6116     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6117     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6118         """
6119         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent
6120
6121         Constructor
6122         """
6123         _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6124     def GetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
6125         """
6126         GetChecked(self) -> bool
6127
6128         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked.
6129         """
6130         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
6131
6132     def GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
6133         """
6134         GetEnabled(self) -> bool
6135
6136         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled.
6137         """
6138         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
6139
6140     def GetShown(*args, **kwargs):
6141         """
6142         GetShown(self) -> bool
6143
6144         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be shown.
6145         """
6146         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetShown(*args, **kwargs)
6147
6148     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
6149         """
6150         GetText(self) -> String
6151
6152         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element.
6153         """
6154         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
6155
6156     def GetSetText(*args, **kwargs):
6157         """
6158         GetSetText(self) -> bool
6159
6160         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For
6161         wxWidgets internal use only.
6162         """
6163         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args, **kwargs)
6164
6165     def GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
6166         """
6167         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool
6168
6169         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets
6170         internal use only.
6171         """
6172         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
6173
6174     def GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
6175         """
6176         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool
6177
6178         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets
6179         internal use only.
6180         """
6181         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
6182
6183     def GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs):
6184         """
6185         GetSetShown(self) -> bool
6186
6187         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Show`. For wxWidgets
6188         internal use only.
6189         """
6190         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs)
6191
6192     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
6193         """
6194         Check(self, bool check)
6195
6196         Check or uncheck the UI element.
6197         """
6198         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args, **kwargs)
6199
6200     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
6201         """
6202         Enable(self, bool enable)
6203
6204         Enable or disable the UI element.
6205         """
6206         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
6207
6208     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
6209         """
6210         Show(self, bool show)
6211
6212         Show or hide the UI element.
6213         """
6214         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Show(*args, **kwargs)
6215
6216     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
6217         """
6218         SetText(self, String text)
6219
6220         Sets the text for this UI element.
6221         """
6222         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
6223
6224     def SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
6225         """
6226         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
6227
6228         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
6229         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
6230         default is 0.
6231
6232         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
6233         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
6234         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
6235         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
6236         about to be shown.
6237         """
6238         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
6239
6240     SetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval)
6241     def GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
6242         """
6243         GetUpdateInterval() -> long
6244
6245         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
6246         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
6247         """
6248         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
6249
6250     GetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval)
6251     def CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
6252         """
6253         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
6254
6255         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
6256         to) this window.
6257
6258         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
6259         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
6260         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
6261         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
6262         this will always return true because the update mode is initially
6263         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
6264         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
6265         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
6266         interval.
6267
6268         """
6269         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
6270
6271     CanUpdate = staticmethod(CanUpdate)
6272     def ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs):
6273         """
6274         ResetUpdateTime()
6275
6276         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
6277         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
6278         is called at the end of idle processing.
6279         """
6280         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs)
6281
6282     ResetUpdateTime = staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime)
6283     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6284         """
6285         SetMode(int mode)
6286
6287         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
6288         to those which specify that they will process the events.
6289
6290         The mode may be one of the following values:
6291
6292             =============================   ==========================================
6293             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
6294                                             is the default setting.
6295             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
6296                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
6297                                             style set.
6298             =============================   ==========================================
6299
6300         """
6301         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6302
6303     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6304     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6305         """
6306         GetMode() -> int
6307
6308         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
6309         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6310         events.
6311         """
6312         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6313
6314     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6315     Checked = property(GetChecked,Check,doc="See `GetChecked`")
6316     Enabled = property(GetEnabled,Enable,doc="See `GetEnabled`")
6317     Shown = property(GetShown,Show,doc="See `GetShown`")
6318     Text = property(GetText,SetText,doc="See `GetText` and `SetText`")
6319 _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEvent)
6320
6321 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
6322   """
6323     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
6324
6325     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
6326     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
6327     default is 0.
6328
6329     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
6330     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
6331     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
6332     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
6333     about to be shown.
6334     """
6335   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
6336
6337 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args):
6338   """
6339     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long
6340
6341     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
6342     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
6343     """
6344   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args)
6345
6346 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
6347   """
6348     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
6349
6350     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
6351     to) this window.
6352
6353     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
6354     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
6355     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
6356     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
6357     this will always return true because the update mode is initially
6358     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
6359     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
6360     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
6361     interval.
6362
6363     """
6364   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
6365
6366 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args):
6367   """
6368     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime()
6369
6370     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
6371     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
6372     is called at the end of idle processing.
6373     """
6374   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args)
6375
6376 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6377   """
6378     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6379
6380     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
6381     to those which specify that they will process the events.
6382
6383     The mode may be one of the following values:
6384
6385         =============================   ==========================================
6386         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
6387                                         is the default setting.
6388         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
6389                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
6390                                         style set.
6391         =============================   ==========================================
6392
6393     """
6394   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6395
6396 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args):
6397   """
6398     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int
6399
6400     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
6401     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6402     events.
6403     """
6404   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args)
6405
6406 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6407
6408 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event):
6409     """
6410     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated
6411     when the user changes the colour settings using the control
6412     panel. This is only applicable under Windows.
6413
6414     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child
6415     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If
6416     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call
6417     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to
6418     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly.
6419
6420     """
6421     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6422     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6423     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6424         """
6425         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent
6426
6427         Constructor
6428         """
6429         _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6430 _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEvent)
6431
6432 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6433
6434 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event):
6435     """
6436     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to
6437     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if
6438     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling
6439     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture
6440     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code.
6441
6442     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6443     """
6444     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6445     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6446     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6447         """
6448         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent
6449
6450         Constructor
6451         """
6452         _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6453     def GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6454         """
6455         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window
6456
6457         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a
6458         non-wxWidgets window.
6459         """
6460         return _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6461
6462     CapturedWindow = property(GetCapturedWindow,doc="See `GetCapturedWindow`")
6463 _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEvent)
6464
6465 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6466
6467 class MouseCaptureLostEvent(Event):
6468     """
6469     A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
6470     capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
6471     example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
6472     the mouse.
6473
6474     If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
6475     capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
6476     didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
6477     if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
6478     ReleaseMouse.
6479
6480     This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
6481
6482     """
6483     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6484     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6485     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6486         """
6487         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> MouseCaptureLostEvent
6488
6489         A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
6490         capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
6491         example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
6492         the mouse.
6493
6494         If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
6495         capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
6496         didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
6497         if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
6498         ReleaseMouse.
6499
6500         This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
6501
6502         """
6503         _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureLostEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6504 _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureLostEvent)
6505
6506 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6507
6508 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event):
6509     """
6510     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display
6511     resolution has changed.
6512
6513     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6514     """
6515     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6516     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6517     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6518         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent"""
6519         _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6520 _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEvent)
6521
6522 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6523
6524 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event):
6525     """
6526     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
6527     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
6528     match.
6529
6530     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6531     """
6532     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6533     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6534     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6535         """
6536         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent
6537
6538         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
6539         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
6540         match.
6541
6542         This event is implemented under Windows only.
6543         """
6544         _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6545     def SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6546         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)"""
6547         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6548
6549     def GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6550         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window"""
6551         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6552
6553     ChangedWindow = property(GetChangedWindow,SetChangedWindow,doc="See `GetChangedWindow` and `SetChangedWindow`")
6554 _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEvent)
6555
6556 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6557
6558 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event):
6559     """
6560     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard
6561     focus and should re-do its palette.
6562
6563     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6564     """
6565     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6566     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6567     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6568         """
6569         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent
6570
6571         Constructor.
6572         """
6573         _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6574     def SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
6575         """
6576         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized)
6577
6578         App should set this if it changes the palette.
6579         """
6580         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
6581
6582     def GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
6583         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool"""
6584         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
6585
6586     PaletteRealized = property(GetPaletteRealized,SetPaletteRealized,doc="See `GetPaletteRealized` and `SetPaletteRealized`")
6587 _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEvent)
6588
6589 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6590
6591 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event):
6592     """
6593     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between
6594     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not
6595     catch navigation events in applications as there are already
6596     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find
6597     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change
6598     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call
6599     `wx.Window.Navigate`.
6600     """
6601     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6602     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6603     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6604         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent"""
6605         _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6606     def GetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6607         """
6608         GetDirection(self) -> bool
6609
6610         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise.
6611         """
6612         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6613
6614     def SetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6615         """
6616         SetDirection(self, bool forward)
6617
6618         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the
6619         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab.
6620         """
6621         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6622
6623     def IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6624         """
6625         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool
6626
6627         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed.
6628         """
6629         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6630
6631     def SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6632         """
6633         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange)
6634
6635         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows.
6636         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented
6637         by using Control-Tab.
6638         """
6639         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6640
6641     def IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6642         """
6643         IsFromTab(self) -> bool
6644
6645         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab
6646         key.
6647         """
6648         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6649
6650     def SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6651         """
6652         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs)
6653
6654         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key.
6655         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons.
6656         """
6657         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6658
6659     def SetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
6660         """
6661         SetFlags(self, long flags)
6662
6663         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following:
6664
6665             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward
6666             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward
6667             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange
6668             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab
6669
6670         """
6671         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
6672
6673     def GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6674         """
6675         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window
6676
6677         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be
6678         ``None``.
6679         """
6680         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6681
6682     def SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6683         """
6684         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win)
6685
6686         Set the window that has the focus.
6687         """
6688         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6689
6690     IsBackward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
6691     IsForward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
6692     WinChange = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
6693     FromTab = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
6694     CurrentFocus = property(GetCurrentFocus,SetCurrentFocus,doc="See `GetCurrentFocus` and `SetCurrentFocus`")
6695     Direction = property(GetDirection,SetDirection,doc="See `GetDirection` and `SetDirection`")
6696 _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEvent)
6697
6698 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6699
6700 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent):
6701     """
6702     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6703     underlying GUI object) exists.
6704     """
6705     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6706     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6707     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6708         """
6709         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent
6710
6711         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6712         underlying GUI object) exists.
6713         """
6714         _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6715     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6716         """
6717         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6718
6719         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6720         """
6721         return _core_.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6722
6723     Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`")
6724 _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEvent)
6725
6726 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent):
6727     """
6728     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6729     when the GUI window is destroyed.
6730
6731     When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6732     have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6733     will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6734     received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6735     handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6736     notification of the destruction of another window.
6737     """
6738     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6739     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6740     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6741         """
6742         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent
6743
6744         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6745         when the GUI window is destroyed.
6746
6747         When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6748         have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6749         will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6750         received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6751         handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6752         notification of the destruction of another window.
6753         """
6754         _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6755     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6756         """
6757         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6758
6759         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6760         """
6761         return _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6762
6763     Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`")
6764 _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEvent)
6765
6766 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6767
6768 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent):
6769     """
6770     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to
6771     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu.
6772     """
6773     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6774     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6775     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6776         """
6777         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent
6778
6779         Constructor.
6780         """
6781         _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6782     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6783         """
6784         GetPosition(self) -> Point
6785
6786         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should
6787         be shown.
6788         """
6789         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6790
6791     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6792         """
6793         SetPosition(self, Point pos)
6794
6795         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown.
6796         """
6797         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6798
6799     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
6800 _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEvent)
6801
6802 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6803
6804 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
6805 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6806 class IdleEvent(Event):
6807     """
6808     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent
6809     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the
6810     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by
6811     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are
6812     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal
6813     events and then becomes empty again.
6814
6815     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a
6816     significant overhead in your application, you can call
6817     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and
6818     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window
6819     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent
6820     to those windows and not to any others.
6821     """
6822     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6823     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6824     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6825         """
6826         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent
6827
6828         Constructor
6829         """
6830         _core_.IdleEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IdleEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6831     def RequestMore(*args, **kwargs):
6832         """
6833         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True)
6834
6835         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be
6836         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the
6837         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the
6838         application windows. If no window calls this function during its
6839         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event
6840         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing
6841         system.
6842         """
6843         return _core_.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args, **kwargs)
6844
6845     def MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs):
6846         """
6847         MoreRequested(self) -> bool
6848
6849         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event
6850         requested more processing time.
6851         """
6852         return _core_.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs)
6853
6854     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6855         """
6856         SetMode(int mode)
6857
6858         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6859         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6860         events.
6861
6862         The mode can be one of the following values:
6863
6864             =========================   ========================================
6865             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6866             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6867                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6868                                         flag set.
6869             =========================   ========================================
6870
6871         """
6872         return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6873
6874     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6875     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6876         """
6877         GetMode() -> int
6878
6879         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6880         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6881         will process the events.
6882         """
6883         return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6884
6885     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6886     def CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6887         """
6888         CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6889
6890         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6891         window.
6892
6893         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6894         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6895         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6896         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6897         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6898         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6899         """
6900         return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6901
6902     CanSend = staticmethod(CanSend)
6903 _core_.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEvent)
6904
6905 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6906   """
6907     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6908
6909     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6910     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6911     events.
6912
6913     The mode can be one of the following values:
6914
6915         =========================   ========================================
6916         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6917         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6918                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6919                                     flag set.
6920         =========================   ========================================
6921
6922     """
6923   return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6924
6925 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args):
6926   """
6927     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int
6928
6929     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6930     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6931     will process the events.
6932     """
6933   return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args)
6934
6935 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6936   """
6937     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6938
6939     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6940     window.
6941
6942     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6943     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6944     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6945     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6946     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6947     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6948     """
6949   return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6950
6951 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6952
6953 class ClipboardTextEvent(CommandEvent):
6954     """
6955     A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6956     copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6957     from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6958     popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6959     generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6960     """
6961     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6962     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6963     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6964         """
6965         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> ClipboardTextEvent
6966
6967         A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6968         copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6969         from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6970         popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6971         generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6972         """
6973         _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ClipboardTextEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6974 _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swigregister(ClipboardTextEvent)
6975
6976 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6977
6978 class PyEvent(Event):
6979     """
6980     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event
6981     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of
6982     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport
6983     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have
6984     them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6985
6986     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent`
6987
6988     """
6989     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6990     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6991     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6992         """__init__(self, int winid=0, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent"""
6993         _core_.PyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6994         self._SetSelf(self)
6995
6996     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyEvent
6997     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6998     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6999         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
7000         return _core_.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
7001
7002     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
7003         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
7004         return _core_.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
7005
7006 _core_.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEvent)
7007
7008 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent):
7009     """
7010     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom
7011     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent
7012     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class
7013     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is
7014     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event
7015     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
7016
7017     :see: `wx.PyEvent`
7018
7019     """
7020     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7021     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7022     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7023         """__init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent"""
7024         _core_.PyCommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
7025         self._SetSelf(self)
7026
7027     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyCommandEvent
7028     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7029     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
7030         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
7031         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
7032
7033     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
7034         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
7035         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
7036
7037 _core_.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEvent)
7038
7039 class DateEvent(CommandEvent):
7040     """
7041     This event class holds information about a date change event and is
7042     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class
7043     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with
7044     EVT_DATE_CHANGED.
7045     """
7046     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7047     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7048     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7049         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, EventType type) -> DateEvent"""
7050         _core_.DateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
7051     def GetDate(*args, **kwargs):
7052         """
7053         GetDate(self) -> DateTime
7054
7055         Returns the date.
7056         """
7057         return _core_.DateEvent_GetDate(*args, **kwargs)
7058
7059     def SetDate(*args, **kwargs):
7060         """
7061         SetDate(self, DateTime date)
7062
7063         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library
7064         internally.
7065         """
7066         return _core_.DateEvent_SetDate(*args, **kwargs)
7067
7068     Date = property(GetDate,SetDate,doc="See `GetDate` and `SetDate`")
7069 _core_.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEvent)
7070
7071 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
7072 EVT_DATE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, 1 )
7073
7074 class EventBlocker(EvtHandler):
7075     """Helper class to temporarily disable event handling for a window."""
7076     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7077     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7078     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7079         """
7080         __init__(self, Window win, EventType type=wxEVT_ANY) -> EventBlocker
7081
7082         Helper class to temporarily disable event handling for a window.
7083         """
7084         _core_.EventBlocker_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventBlocker(*args, **kwargs))
7085     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventBlocker
7086     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7087     def Block(*args, **kwargs):
7088         """Block(self, EventType type)"""
7089         return _core_.EventBlocker_Block(*args, **kwargs)
7090
7091 _core_.EventBlocker_swigregister(EventBlocker)
7092
7093 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7094
7095 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
7096 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
7097 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
7098 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
7099 PRINT_WINDOWS = _core_.PRINT_WINDOWS
7100 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT = _core_.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
7101 class PyApp(EvtHandler):
7102     """
7103     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the
7104     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead.
7105     """
7106     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7107     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7108     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7109         """
7110         __init__(self) -> PyApp
7111
7112         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process.
7113         """
7114         _core_.PyApp_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyApp(*args, **kwargs))
7115         self._setOORInfo(self, False);PyApp._setCallbackInfo(self, self, PyApp)
7116
7117     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyApp
7118     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7119     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
7120         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref=False)"""
7121         return _core_.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
7122
7123     def GetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
7124         """
7125         GetAppName(self) -> String
7126
7127         Get the application name.
7128         """
7129         return _core_.PyApp_GetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
7130
7131     def SetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
7132         """
7133         SetAppName(self, String name)
7134
7135         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by
7136         `wx.Config` and such.
7137         """
7138         return _core_.PyApp_SetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
7139
7140     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
7141         """
7142         GetClassName(self) -> String
7143
7144         Get the application's class name.
7145         """
7146         return _core_.PyApp_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
7147
7148     def SetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
7149         """
7150         SetClassName(self, String name)
7151
7152         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for
7153         X-resources if applicable for the platform
7154         """
7155         return _core_.PyApp_SetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
7156
7157     def GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
7158         """
7159         GetVendorName(self) -> String
7160
7161         Get the application's vendor name.
7162         """
7163         return _core_.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
7164
7165     def SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
7166         """
7167         SetVendorName(self, String name)
7168
7169         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used
7170         automatically by `wx.Config` and such.
7171         """
7172         return _core_.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
7173
7174     def GetTraits(*args, **kwargs):
7175         """
7176         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits
7177
7178         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we
7179         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the
7180         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding
7181         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is
7182         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the
7183         differences behind the common facade.
7184
7185         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython.
7186         """
7187         return _core_.PyApp_GetTraits(*args, **kwargs)
7188
7189     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
7190         """
7191         ProcessPendingEvents(self)
7192
7193         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to
7194         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens
7195         during each event loop iteration.
7196         """
7197         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
7198
7199     def Yield(*args, **kwargs):
7200         """
7201         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
7202
7203         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting
7204         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield``
7205         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True.
7206
7207         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected
7208               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may
7209               result in calling the same event handler again), use with
7210               extreme care or, better, don't use at all!
7211
7212         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield`
7213
7214         """
7215         return _core_.PyApp_Yield(*args, **kwargs)
7216
7217     def WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs):
7218         """
7219         WakeUpIdle(self)
7220
7221         Make sure that idle events are sent again.
7222         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle`
7223         """
7224         return _core_.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs)
7225
7226     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs):
7227         """
7228         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
7229
7230         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
7231         currently be dispatched.
7232         """
7233         return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs)
7234
7235     IsMainLoopRunning = staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning)
7236     def MainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
7237         """
7238         MainLoop(self) -> int
7239
7240         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until
7241         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed.
7242         """
7243         return _core_.PyApp_MainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
7244
7245     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
7246         """
7247         Exit(self)
7248
7249         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application.
7250         :see: `wx.Exit`
7251         """
7252         return _core_.PyApp_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
7253
7254     def GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
7255         """
7256         GetLayoutDirection(self) -> int
7257
7258         Return the layout direction for the current locale.
7259         """
7260         return _core_.PyApp_GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
7261
7262     def ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
7263         """
7264         ExitMainLoop(self)
7265
7266         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main
7267         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!)
7268         """
7269         return _core_.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
7270
7271     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
7272         """
7273         Pending(self) -> bool
7274
7275         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue.
7276         """
7277         return _core_.PyApp_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
7278
7279     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
7280         """
7281         Dispatch(self) -> bool
7282
7283         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
7284         appears if there are none currently)
7285         """
7286         return _core_.PyApp_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
7287
7288     def ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs):
7289         """
7290         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool
7291
7292         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are
7293         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested
7294         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not.
7295         """
7296         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs)
7297
7298     def SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs):
7299         """
7300         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool
7301
7302         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more
7303         idle time is requested.
7304         """
7305         return _core_.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs)
7306
7307     def IsActive(*args, **kwargs):
7308         """
7309         IsActive(self) -> bool
7310
7311         Return True if our app has focus.
7312         """
7313         return _core_.PyApp_IsActive(*args, **kwargs)
7314
7315     def SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
7316         """
7317         SetTopWindow(self, Window win)
7318
7319         Set the *main* top level window
7320         """
7321         return _core_.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
7322
7323     def GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
7324         """
7325         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window
7326
7327         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
7328         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
7329         there not any, will return None)
7330         """
7331         return _core_.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
7332
7333     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
7334         """
7335         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag)
7336
7337         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main
7338         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program
7339         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with
7340         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop()
7341         explicitly from somewhere.
7342         """
7343         return _core_.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
7344
7345     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
7346         """
7347         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool
7348
7349         Get the current exit behaviour setting.
7350         """
7351         return _core_.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
7352
7353     def SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
7354         """
7355         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag, bool forceTrueColour=False)
7356
7357         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on
7358         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.)
7359         """
7360         return _core_.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
7361
7362     def GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
7363         """
7364         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool
7365
7366         Get current UseBestVisual setting.
7367         """
7368         return _core_.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
7369
7370     def SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
7371         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)"""
7372         return _core_.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
7373
7374     def GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
7375         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int"""
7376         return _core_.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
7377
7378     def SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
7379         """
7380         SetAssertMode(self, int mode)
7381
7382         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds.
7383         """
7384         return _core_.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
7385
7386     def GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
7387         """
7388         GetAssertMode(self) -> int
7389
7390         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting.
7391         """
7392         return _core_.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
7393
7394     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
7395         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
7396         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
7397
7398     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
7399     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7400         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
7401         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7402
7403     GetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId)
7404     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7405         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
7406         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7407
7408     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
7409     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7410         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
7411         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7412
7413     GetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId)
7414     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
7415         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
7416         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
7417
7418     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
7419     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
7420         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
7421         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
7422
7423     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
7424     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7425         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
7426         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7427
7428     SetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId)
7429     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7430         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
7431         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7432
7433     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
7434     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7435         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
7436         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7437
7438     SetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId)
7439     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
7440         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
7441         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
7442
7443     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
7444     def _BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs):
7445         """
7446         _BootstrapApp(self)
7447
7448         For internal use only
7449         """
7450         return _core_.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs)
7451
7452     def GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs):
7453         """
7454         GetComCtl32Version() -> int
7455
7456         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
7457         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
7458         """
7459         return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs)
7460
7461     GetComCtl32Version = staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version)
7462     def IsDisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs):
7463         """
7464         IsDisplayAvailable() -> bool
7465
7466         Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment.
7467         This will mean different things on the different platforms.
7468
7469            * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is
7470              not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen
7471              if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly.
7472
7473            * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not
7474              able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in
7475              remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead
7476              of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.)
7477
7478            * On MS Windows...
7479
7480         """
7481         return _core_.PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs)
7482
7483     IsDisplayAvailable = staticmethod(IsDisplayAvailable)
7484     AppName = property(GetAppName,SetAppName,doc="See `GetAppName` and `SetAppName`")
7485     AssertMode = property(GetAssertMode,SetAssertMode,doc="See `GetAssertMode` and `SetAssertMode`")
7486     ClassName = property(GetClassName,SetClassName,doc="See `GetClassName` and `SetClassName`")
7487     ExitOnFrameDelete = property(GetExitOnFrameDelete,SetExitOnFrameDelete,doc="See `GetExitOnFrameDelete` and `SetExitOnFrameDelete`")
7488     LayoutDirection = property(GetLayoutDirection,doc="See `GetLayoutDirection`")
7489     PrintMode = property(GetPrintMode,SetPrintMode,doc="See `GetPrintMode` and `SetPrintMode`")
7490     TopWindow = property(GetTopWindow,SetTopWindow,doc="See `GetTopWindow` and `SetTopWindow`")
7491     Traits = property(GetTraits,doc="See `GetTraits`")
7492     UseBestVisual = property(GetUseBestVisual,SetUseBestVisual,doc="See `GetUseBestVisual` and `SetUseBestVisual`")
7493     VendorName = property(GetVendorName,SetVendorName,doc="See `GetVendorName` and `SetVendorName`")
7494     Active = property(IsActive)
7495 _core_.PyApp_swigregister(PyApp)
7496
7497 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args):
7498   """
7499     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
7500
7501     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
7502     currently be dispatched.
7503     """
7504   return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args)
7505
7506 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args):
7507   """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
7508   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args)
7509
7510 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args):
7511   """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
7512   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args)
7513
7514 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args):
7515   """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
7516   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args)
7517
7518 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args):
7519   """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
7520   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args)
7521
7522 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args):
7523   """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
7524   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args)
7525
7526 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
7527   """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
7528   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
7529
7530 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7531   """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
7532   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7533
7534 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7535   """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
7536   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7537
7538 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7539   """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
7540   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7541
7542 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
7543   """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
7544   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
7545
7546 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args):
7547   """
7548     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int
7549
7550     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
7551     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
7552     """
7553   return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args)
7554
7555 def PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args):
7556   """
7557     PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable() -> bool
7558
7559     Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment.
7560     This will mean different things on the different platforms.
7561
7562        * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is
7563          not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen
7564          if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly.
7565
7566        * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not
7567          able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in
7568          remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead
7569          of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.)
7570
7571        * On MS Windows...
7572
7573     """
7574   return _core_.PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args)
7575
7576 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7577
7578
7579 def Exit(*args):
7580   """
7581     Exit()
7582
7583     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit()
7584     """
7585   return _core_.Exit(*args)
7586
7587 def Yield(*args):
7588   """
7589     Yield() -> bool
7590
7591     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield()
7592     """
7593   return _core_.Yield(*args)
7594
7595 def YieldIfNeeded(*args):
7596   """
7597     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool
7598
7599     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True)
7600     """
7601   return _core_.YieldIfNeeded(*args)
7602
7603 def SafeYield(*args, **kwargs):
7604   """
7605     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
7606
7607     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the
7608     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and
7609     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window
7610     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user
7611     interaction.
7612
7613     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`.
7614     """
7615   return _core_.SafeYield(*args, **kwargs)
7616
7617 def WakeUpIdle(*args):
7618   """
7619     WakeUpIdle()
7620
7621     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be
7622     sent.
7623     """
7624   return _core_.WakeUpIdle(*args)
7625
7626 def PostEvent(*args, **kwargs):
7627   """
7628     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event)
7629
7630     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed
7631     later.
7632     """
7633   return _core_.PostEvent(*args, **kwargs)
7634
7635 def App_CleanUp(*args):
7636   """
7637     App_CleanUp()
7638
7639     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when
7640     Python shuts down.
7641     """
7642   return _core_.App_CleanUp(*args)
7643
7644 def GetApp(*args):
7645   """
7646     GetApp() -> PyApp
7647
7648     Return a reference to the current wx.App object.
7649     """
7650   return _core_.GetApp(*args)
7651
7652 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs):
7653   """
7654     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding)
7655
7656     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a
7657     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7658
7659     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]``
7660     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale
7661     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please
7662     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
7663     between the common latin/roman encodings.
7664     """
7665   return _core_.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs)
7666
7667 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args):
7668   """
7669     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string
7670
7671     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to
7672     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7673     """
7674   return _core_.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args)
7675 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7676
7677 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow:
7678     """
7679     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and
7680     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to
7681     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area
7682     and write the text there.
7683     """
7684     def __init__(self, title = "wxPython: stdout/stderr"):
7685         self.frame  = None
7686         self.title  = title
7687         self.pos    = wx.DefaultPosition
7688         self.size   = (450, 300)
7689         self.parent = None
7690
7691     def SetParent(self, parent):
7692         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent."""
7693         self.parent = parent
7694
7695
7696     def CreateOutputWindow(self, st):
7697         self.frame = wx.Frame(self.parent, -1, self.title, self.pos, self.size,
7698                               style=wx.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE)
7699         self.text  = wx.TextCtrl(self.frame, -1, "",
7700                                  style=wx.TE_MULTILINE|wx.TE_READONLY)
7701         self.text.AppendText(st)
7702         self.frame.Show(True)
7703         self.frame.Bind(wx.EVT_CLOSE, self.OnCloseWindow)
7704
7705
7706     def OnCloseWindow(self, event):
7707         if self.frame is not None:
7708             self.frame.Destroy()
7709         self.frame = None
7710         self.text  = None
7711
7712
7713     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour.
7714     def write(self, text):
7715         """
7716         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it.
7717         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses
7718         CallAfter to do the work there.
7719         """
7720         if self.frame is None:
7721             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7722                 wx.CallAfter(self.CreateOutputWindow, text)
7723             else:
7724                 self.CreateOutputWindow(text)
7725         else:
7726             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7727                 wx.CallAfter(self.text.AppendText, text)
7728             else:
7729                 self.text.AppendText(text)
7730
7731
7732     def close(self):
7733         if self.frame is not None:
7734             wx.CallAfter(self.frame.Close)
7735
7736
7737     def flush(self):
7738         pass
7739
7740
7741
7742 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7743
7744 _defRedirect = (wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__' or wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__')
7745
7746 class App(wx.PyApp):
7747     """
7748     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to:
7749
7750       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying
7751         gui toolkit
7752       * set and get application-wide properties
7753       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop,
7754         and to dispatch events to window instances
7755       * etc.
7756
7757     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all
7758     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the
7759     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui
7760     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized.
7761
7762     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an
7763     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls
7764     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``.
7765
7766     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used
7767            directly.
7768     """
7769
7770     outputWindowClass = PyOnDemandOutputWindow
7771
7772     def __init__(self, redirect=_defRedirect, filename=None,
7773                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7774         """
7775         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.
7776
7777         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be
7778             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False
7779             otherwise.  If ``filename`` is None then output will be
7780             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can
7781             control what kind of window is created for the output by
7782             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a
7783             class of your choosing.)
7784
7785         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if
7786             redirect is True.
7787
7788         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best
7789             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on
7790             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter
7791             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later
7792             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI
7793             toolkit is initialized.
7794
7795         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the
7796             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other
7797             GUI apps will.
7798
7799         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition
7800             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and
7801             wxWidgets are fully initialized.
7802         """
7803
7804         wx.PyApp.__init__(self)
7805
7806         # make sure we can create a GUI
7807         if not self.IsDisplayAvailable():
7808
7809             if wx.Platform == "__WXMAC__":
7810                 msg = """This program needs access to the screen.
7811 Please run with 'pythonw', not 'python', and only when you are logged
7812 in on the main display of your Mac."""
7813
7814             elif wx.Platform == "__WXGTK__":
7815                 msg ="Unable to access the X Display, is $DISPLAY set properly?"
7816
7817             else:
7818                 msg = "Unable to create GUI"
7819                 # TODO: more description is needed for wxMSW...
7820
7821             raise SystemExit(msg)
7822
7823         # This has to be done before OnInit
7824         self.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual)
7825
7826         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem
7827         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this
7828         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send
7829         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By
7830         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as
7831         # expected (depending on platform.)
7832         if clearSigInt:
7833             try:
7834                 import signal
7835                 signal.signal(signal.SIGINT, signal.SIG_DFL)
7836             except:
7837                 pass
7838
7839         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window?
7840         self.stdioWin = None
7841         self.saveStdio = (_sys.stdout, _sys.stderr)
7842         if redirect:
7843             self.RedirectStdio(filename)
7844
7845         # Use Python's install prefix as the default
7846         wx.StandardPaths.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys.prefix)
7847
7848         # Until the new native control for wxMac is up to par, still use the generic one.
7849         wx.SystemOptions.SetOptionInt("mac.listctrl.always_use_generic", 1)
7850
7851         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls
7852         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class
7853         self._BootstrapApp()
7854
7855
7856     def OnPreInit(self):
7857         """
7858         Things that must be done after _BootstrapApp has done its
7859         thing, but would be nice if they were already done by the time
7860         that OnInit is called.
7861         """
7862         wx.StockGDI._initStockObjects()
7863
7864
7865     def __del__(self, destroy=wx.PyApp.__del__):
7866         self.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden
7867         destroy(self)
7868
7869     def Destroy(self):
7870         self.this.own(False)
7871         wx.PyApp.Destroy(self)
7872
7873     def SetTopWindow(self, frame):
7874         """Set the \"main\" top level window"""
7875         if self.stdioWin:
7876             self.stdioWin.SetParent(frame)
7877         wx.PyApp.SetTopWindow(self, frame)
7878
7879
7880     def MainLoop(self):
7881         """Execute the main GUI event loop"""
7882         wx.PyApp.MainLoop(self)
7883         self.RestoreStdio()
7884
7885
7886     def RedirectStdio(self, filename=None):
7887         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window."""
7888         if filename:
7889             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = open(filename, 'a')
7890         else:
7891             self.stdioWin = self.outputWindowClass()
7892             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = self.stdioWin
7893
7894
7895     def RestoreStdio(self):
7896         try:
7897             _sys.stdout, _sys.stderr = self.saveStdio
7898         except:
7899             pass
7900
7901
7902     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self, title=None, pos=None, size=None):
7903         """
7904         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if
7905         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before
7906         any output would cause the output window to be created.
7907         """
7908         if self.stdioWin:
7909             if title is not None:
7910                 self.stdioWin.title = title
7911             if pos is not None:
7912                 self.stdioWin.pos = pos
7913             if size is not None:
7914                 self.stdioWin.size = size
7915
7916
7917
7918
7919 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX
7920 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7921 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
7922 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7923 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
7924 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7925 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7926 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
7927 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7928 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
7929 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7930 App_GetComCtl32Version           = _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
7931
7932 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7933
7934 class PySimpleApp(wx.App):
7935     """
7936     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and
7937     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry
7938     about OnInit.  For example::
7939
7940         app = wx.PySimpleApp()
7941         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World')
7942         frame.Show()
7943         app.MainLoop()
7944
7945     :see: `wx.App`
7946     """
7947
7948     def __init__(self, redirect=False, filename=None,
7949                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7950         """
7951         :see: `wx.App.__init__`
7952         """
7953         wx.App.__init__(self, redirect, filename, useBestVisual, clearSigInt)
7954
7955     def OnInit(self):
7956         return True
7957
7958
7959
7960 # Is anybody using this one?
7961 class PyWidgetTester(wx.App):
7962     def __init__(self, size = (250, 100)):
7963         self.size = size
7964         wx.App.__init__(self, 0)
7965
7966     def OnInit(self):
7967         self.frame = wx.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos=(0,0), size=self.size)
7968         self.SetTopWindow(self.frame)
7969         return True
7970
7971     def SetWidget(self, widgetClass, *args, **kwargs):
7972         w = widgetClass(self.frame, *args, **kwargs)
7973         self.frame.Show(True)
7974
7975 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7976 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we
7977 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When
7978 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup
7979 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function.
7980
7981 class __wxPyCleanup:
7982     def __init__(self):
7983         self.cleanup = _core_.App_CleanUp
7984     def __del__(self):
7985         self.cleanup()
7986
7987 _sys.__wxPythonCleanup = __wxPyCleanup()
7988
7989 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early...
7990 ## import atexit
7991 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp)
7992
7993
7994 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7995
7996 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7997
7998 class EventLoop(object):
7999     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class"""
8000     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
8001     __repr__ = _swig_repr
8002     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
8003         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop"""
8004         _core_.EventLoop_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoop(*args, **kwargs))
8005     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoop
8006     __del__ = lambda self : None;
8007     def Run(*args, **kwargs):
8008         """Run(self) -> int"""
8009         return _core_.EventLoop_Run(*args, **kwargs)
8010
8011     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
8012         """Exit(self, int rc=0)"""
8013         return _core_.EventLoop_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
8014
8015     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
8016         """Pending(self) -> bool"""
8017         return _core_.EventLoop_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
8018
8019     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
8020         """Dispatch(self) -> bool"""
8021         return _core_.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
8022
8023     def IsRunning(*args, **kwargs):
8024         """IsRunning(self) -> bool"""
8025         return _core_.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args, **kwargs)
8026
8027     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
8028         """GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
8029         return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
8030
8031     GetActive = staticmethod(GetActive)
8032     def SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
8033         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
8034         return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
8035
8036     SetActive = staticmethod(SetActive)
8037 _core_.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoop)
8038
8039 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args):
8040   """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
8041   return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args)
8042
8043 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
8044   """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
8045   return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
8046
8047 class EventLoopActivator(object):
8048     """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class"""
8049     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
8050     __repr__ = _swig_repr
8051     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
8052         """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator"""
8053         _core_.EventLoopActivator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoopActivator(*args, **kwargs))
8054     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoopActivator
8055     __del__ = lambda self : None;
8056 _core_.EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivator)
8057
8058 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
8059
8060 ACCEL_ALT = _core_.ACCEL_ALT
8061 ACCEL_CTRL = _core_.ACCEL_CTRL
8062 ACCEL_SHIFT = _core_.ACCEL_SHIFT
8063 ACCEL_NORMAL = _core_.ACCEL_NORMAL
8064 ACCEL_CMD = _core_.ACCEL_CMD
8065 class AcceleratorEntry(object):
8066     """
8067     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython
8068     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a
8069     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just
8070     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values.
8071
8072     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable`
8073     """
8074     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
8075     __repr__ = _swig_repr
8076     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
8077         """
8078         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry
8079
8080         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
8081         """
8082         _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args, **kwargs))
8083     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorEntry
8084     __del__ = lambda self : None;
8085     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
8086         """
8087         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd)
8088
8089         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
8090         :see `__init__`
8091         """
8092         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args, **kwargs)
8093
8094     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
8095         """
8096         Create(String str) -> AcceleratorEntry
8097
8098         Create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, or None if
8099         it coulnd't be parsed.
8100         """
8101         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs)
8102
8103     Create = staticmethod(Create)
8104     def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
8105         """
8106         GetFlags(self) -> int
8107
8108         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags.
8109         """
8110         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
8111
8112     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
8113         """
8114         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
8115
8116         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode.
8117         """
8118         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
8119
8120     def GetCommand(*args, **kwargs):
8121         """
8122         GetCommand(self) -> int
8123
8124         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID.
8125         """
8126         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args, **kwargs)
8127
8128     def IsOk(*args, **kwargs):
8129         """IsOk(self) -> bool"""
8130         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_IsOk(*args, **kwargs)
8131
8132     def ToString(*args, **kwargs):
8133         """
8134         ToString(self) -> String
8135
8136         Returns a string representation for the this accelerator.  The string
8137         is formatted using the <flags>-<keycode> format where <flags> maybe a
8138         hyphen-separed list of "shift|alt|ctrl"
8139
8140         """
8141         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_ToString(*args, **kwargs)
8142
8143     def FromString(*args, **kwargs):
8144         """
8145         FromString(self, String str) -> bool
8146
8147         Returns true if the given string correctly initialized this object.
8148         """
8149         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_FromString(*args, **kwargs)
8150
8151     Command = property(GetCommand,doc="See `GetCommand`")
8152     Flags = property(GetFlags,doc="See `GetFlags`")
8153     KeyCode = property(GetKeyCode,doc="See `GetKeyCode`")
8154 _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntry)
8155
8156 def AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs):
8157   """
8158     AcceleratorEntry_Create(String str) -> AcceleratorEntry
8159
8160     Create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, or None if
8161     it coulnd't be parsed.
8162     """
8163   return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs)
8164
8165 class AcceleratorTable(Object):
8166     """
8167     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of
8168     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or
8169     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are
8170     supported.
8171     """
8172     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
8173     __repr__ = _swig_repr
8174     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
8175         """
8176         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable
8177
8178         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
8179         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID)
8180
8181         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
8182         """
8183         _core_.AcceleratorTable_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs))
8184     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorTable
8185     __del__ = lambda self : None;
8186     def IsOk(*args, **kwargs):
8187         """IsOk(self) -> bool"""
8188         return _core_.AcceleratorTable_IsOk(*args, **kwargs)
8189
8190     Ok = IsOk
8191 _core_.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTable)
8192
8193 def GetAccelFromString(label):
8194     entry = AcceleratorEntry()
8195     entry.FromString(label)
8196     return entry
8197
8198 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
8199
8200 class VisualAttributes(object):
8201     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control"""
8202     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
8203     __repr__ = _swig_repr
8204     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
8205         """
8206         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes
8207
8208         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control
8209         """
8210         _core_.VisualAttributes_swiginit(self,_core_.new_VisualAttributes(*args, **kwargs))
8211     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_VisualAttributes
8212     __del__ = lambda self : None;
8213     def _get_font(*args, **kwargs):
8214         """_get_font(self) -> Font"""
8215         return _core_.VisualAttributes__get_font(*args, **kwargs)
8216
8217     def _get_colFg(*args, **kwargs):
8218         """_get_colFg(self) -> Colour"""
8219         return _core_.VisualAttributes__get_colFg(*args, **kwargs)
8220
8221     def _get_colBg(*args, **kwargs):
8222         """_get_colBg(self) -> Colour"""
8223         return _core_.VisualAttributes__get_colBg(*args, **kwargs)
8224
8225     font = property(_get_font)
8226     colFg = property(_get_colFg)
8227     colBg = property(_get_colBg)
8228 _core_.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributes)
8229 NullAcceleratorTable = cvar.NullAcceleratorTable
8230 PanelNameStr = cvar.PanelNameStr
8231
8232 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
8233 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
8234 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
8235 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
8236 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
8237 class Window(EvtHandler):
8238     """
8239     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible
8240     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are
8241     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't
8242     appear on screen themselves.
8243
8244     """
8245     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
8246     __repr__ = _swig_repr
8247     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
8248         """
8249         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
8250             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window
8251
8252         Construct and show a generic Window.
8253         """
8254         _core_.Window_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Window(*args, **kwargs))
8255         self._setOORInfo(self)
8256
8257     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
8258         """
8259         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
8260             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool
8261
8262         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode.
8263         """
8264         return _core_.Window_Create(*args, **kwargs)
8265
8266     def Close(*args, **kwargs):
8267         """
8268         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool
8269
8270         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually
8271         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,
8272         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close
8273         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.
8274         """
8275         return _core_.Window_Close(*args, **kwargs)
8276
8277     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
8278         """
8279         Destroy(self) -> bool
8280
8281         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed
8282         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list
8283         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events
8284         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to
8285         non-existent windows.
8286
8287         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it
8288         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.
8289         """
8290         args[0].this.own(False)
8291         return _core_.Window_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
8292
8293     def DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs):
8294         """
8295         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool
8296
8297         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the
8298         destructor.
8299         """
8300         return _core_.Window_DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs)
8301
8302     def IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs):
8303         """
8304         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool
8305
8306         Is the window in the process of being deleted?
8307         """
8308         return _core_.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs)
8309
8310     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
8311         """
8312         SetLabel(self, String label)
8313
8314         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.
8315         """
8316         return _core_.Window_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
8317
8318     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
8319         """
8320         GetLabel(self) -> String
8321
8322         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification
8323         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to
8324         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For
8325         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function
8326         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs
8327         access programs)which need to identify windows by name.
8328         """
8329         return _core_.Window_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
8330
8331     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
8332         """
8333         SetName(self, String name)
8334
8335         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting
8336         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label
8337         """
8338         return _core_.Window_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
8339
8340     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
8341         """
8342         GetName(self) -> String
8343
8344         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique;
8345         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window
8346         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.
8347         """
8348         return _core_.Window_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
8349
8350     def SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
8351         """
8352         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant)
8353
8354         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if
8355         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.
8356         """
8357         return _core_.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
8358
8359     def GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
8360         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int"""
8361         return _core_.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
8362
8363     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
8364         """
8365         SetId(self, int winid)
8366
8367         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
8368         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier
8369         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on
8370         creation and should not be modified subsequently.
8371         """
8372         return _core_.Window_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
8373
8374     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
8375         """
8376         GetId(self) -> int
8377
8378         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
8379         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id
8380         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be
8381         generated.
8382         """
8383         return _core_.Window_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
8384
8385     def NewControlId(*args, **kwargs):
8386         """
8387         NewControlId() -> int
8388
8389         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
8390         """
8391         return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args, **kwargs)
8392
8393     NewControlId = staticmethod(NewControlId)
8394     def NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
8395         """
8396         NextControlId(int winid) -> int
8397
8398         Get the id of the control following the one with the given
8399         autogenerated) id
8400         """
8401         return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
8402
8403     NextControlId = staticmethod(NextControlId)
8404     def PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
8405         """
8406         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
8407
8408         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
8409         autogenerated) id
8410         """
8411         return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
8412
8413     PrevControlId = staticmethod(PrevControlId)
8414     def GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
8415         """
8416         GetLayoutDirection(self) -> int
8417
8418         Get the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.  Returns
8419         ``wx.Layout_Default`` if layout direction is not supported.
8420         """
8421         return _core_.Window_GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
8422
8423     def SetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
8424         """
8425         SetLayoutDirection(self, int dir)
8426
8427         Set the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.
8428         """
8429         return _core_.Window_SetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
8430
8431     def AdjustForLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
8432         """
8433         AdjustForLayoutDirection(self, int x, int width, int widthTotal) -> int
8434
8435         Mirror coordinates for RTL layout if this window uses it and if the
8436         mirroring is not done automatically like Win32.
8437         """
8438         return _core_.Window_AdjustForLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
8439
8440     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
8441         """
8442         SetSize(self, Size size)
8443
8444         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
8445         """
8446         return _core_.Window_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
8447
8448     def SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs):
8449         """
8450         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
8451
8452         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags
8453         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are
8454         equal to -1.
8455
8456             ========================  ======================================
8457             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific
8458                                       default should be used.
8459             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if
8460                                       -1 values are supplied.
8461             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be
8462                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not
8463                                       default values.
8464             ========================  ======================================
8465
8466         """
8467         return _core_.Window_SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs)
8468
8469     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
8470         """
8471         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
8472
8473         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.
8474         """
8475         return _core_.Window_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
8476
8477     def SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8478         """
8479         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
8480
8481         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
8482         """
8483         return _core_.Window_SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8484
8485     def Move(*args, **kwargs):
8486         """
8487         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
8488
8489         Moves the window to the given position.
8490         """
8491         return _core_.Window_Move(*args, **kwargs)
8492
8493     SetPosition = Move
8494     def MoveXY(*args, **kwargs):
8495         """
8496         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
8497
8498         Moves the window to the given position.
8499         """
8500         return _core_.Window_MoveXY(*args, **kwargs)
8501
8502     def SetInitialSize(*args, **kwargs):
8503         """
8504         SetInitialSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize)
8505
8506         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the
8507         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.
8508         """
8509         return _core_.Window_SetInitialSize(*args, **kwargs)
8510
8511     SetBestFittingSize = wx._deprecated(SetInitialSize, 'Use `SetInitialSize`')
8512     def Raise(*args, **kwargs):
8513         """
8514         Raise(self)
8515
8516         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy.  In current
8517         version of wxWidgets this works both for managed and child windows.
8518         """
8519         return _core_.Window_Raise(*args, **kwargs)
8520
8521     def Lower(*args, **kwargs):
8522         """
8523         Lower(self)
8524
8525         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy.  In current
8526         version of wxWidgets this works both for managed and child windows.
8527         """
8528         return _core_.Window_Lower(*args, **kwargs)
8529
8530     def SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
8531         """
8532         SetClientSize(self, Size size)
8533
8534         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8535         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8536         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8537         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8538         around panel items, for example.
8539         """
8540         return _core_.Window_SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
8541
8542     def SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8543         """
8544         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
8545
8546         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8547         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8548         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8549         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8550         around panel items, for example.
8551         """
8552         return _core_.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8553
8554     def SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8555         """
8556         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect)
8557
8558         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8559         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8560         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8561         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8562         around panel items, for example.
8563         """
8564         return _core_.Window_SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8565
8566     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
8567         """
8568         GetPosition(self) -> Point
8569
8570         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
8571         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
8572         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
8573         kinds of windows.
8574         """
8575         return _core_.Window_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
8576
8577     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8578         """
8579         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
8580
8581         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
8582         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
8583         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
8584         kinds of windows.
8585         """
8586         return _core_.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8587
8588     def GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs):
8589         """
8590         GetScreenPosition(self) -> Point
8591
8592         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
8593         """
8594         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs)
8595
8596     def GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8597         """
8598         GetScreenPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
8599
8600         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
8601         """
8602         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8603
8604     def GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs):
8605         """
8606         GetScreenRect(self) -> Rect
8607
8608         Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as
8609         a `wx.Rect` object.
8610         """
8611         return _core_.Window_GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs)
8612
8613     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
8614         """
8615         GetSize(self) -> Size
8616
8617         Get the window size.
8618         """
8619         return _core_.Window_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
8620
8621     def GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8622         """
8623         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8624
8625         Get the window size.
8626         """
8627         return _core_.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8628
8629     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
8630         """
8631         GetRect(self) -> Rect
8632
8633         Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.
8634         """
8635         return _core_.Window_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
8636
8637     def GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
8638         """
8639         GetClientSize(self) -> Size
8640
8641         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
8642         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
8643         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
8644         """
8645         return _core_.Window_GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
8646
8647     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8648         """
8649         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8650
8651         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
8652         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
8653         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
8654         """
8655         return _core_.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8656
8657     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs):
8658         """
8659         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point
8660
8661         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the
8662         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of
8663         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)
8664         """
8665         return _core_.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs)
8666
8667     def GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8668         """
8669         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect
8670
8671         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.
8672         """
8673         return _core_.Window_GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8674
8675     def GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8676         """
8677         GetBestSize(self) -> Size
8678
8679         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8680         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8681         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8682         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8683         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8684         after calling Fit.
8685         """
8686         return _core_.Window_GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8687
8688     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8689         """
8690         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8691
8692         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8693         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8694         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8695         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8696         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8697         after calling Fit.
8698         """
8699         return _core_.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8700
8701     def InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8702         """
8703         InvalidateBestSize(self)
8704
8705         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next
8706         time it is needed.
8707         """
8708         return _core_.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8709
8710     def CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8711         """
8712         CacheBestSize(self, Size size)
8713
8714         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until
8715         some properties of the window change.)
8716         """
8717         return _core_.Window_CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8718
8719     def GetEffectiveMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8720         """
8721         GetEffectiveMinSize(self) -> Size
8722
8723         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's
8724         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns
8725         the results.
8726
8727         """
8728         return _core_.Window_GetEffectiveMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8729
8730     GetBestFittingSize = wx._deprecated(GetEffectiveMinSize, 'Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.')
8731     def GetAdjustedBestSize(self):
8732         s = self.GetBestSize()
8733         return wx.Size(max(s.width,  self.GetMinWidth()),
8734                        max(s.height, self.GetMinHeight()))
8735     GetAdjustedBestSize = wx._deprecated(GetAdjustedBestSize, 'Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.')
8736
8737     def Center(*args, **kwargs):
8738         """
8739         Center(self, int direction=BOTH)
8740
8741         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for
8742         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may
8743         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window
8744         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a
8745         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered
8746         relative to the screen.
8747         """
8748         return _core_.Window_Center(*args, **kwargs)
8749
8750     Centre = Center
8751     def CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs):
8752         """
8753         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH)
8754
8755         Center with respect to the the parent window
8756         """
8757         return _core_.Window_CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)
8758
8759     CentreOnParent = CenterOnParent
8760     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
8761         """
8762         Fit(self)
8763
8764         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function
8765         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work
8766         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the
8767         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result
8768         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of
8769         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize())
8770         instead of calling Fit.
8771         """
8772         return _core_.Window_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
8773
8774     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
8775         """
8776         FitInside(self)
8777
8778         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a
8779         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after
8780         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled
8781         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do
8782         anything if there are no subwindows.
8783         """
8784         return _core_.Window_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
8785
8786     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8787         """
8788         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,
8789             int incH=-1)
8790
8791         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8792         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8793         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8794         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8795         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8796         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8797
8798         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8799         """
8800         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8801
8802     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8803         """
8804         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)
8805
8806         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8807         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8808         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8809         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8810         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8811         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8812
8813         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8814         """
8815         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8816
8817     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8818         """
8819         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)
8820
8821         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8822         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8823         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8824         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8825         """
8826         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8827
8828     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8829         """
8830         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)
8831
8832         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8833         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8834         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8835         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8836         """
8837         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8838
8839     def GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8840         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size"""
8841         return _core_.Window_GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8842
8843     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8844         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size"""
8845         return _core_.Window_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8846
8847     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8848         """
8849         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize)
8850
8851         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8852         min size.
8853         """
8854         return _core_.Window_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8855
8856     def SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8857         """
8858         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize)
8859
8860         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8861         max size.
8862         """
8863         return _core_.Window_SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8864
8865     def GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8866         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int"""
8867         return _core_.Window_GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8868
8869     def GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8870         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int"""
8871         return _core_.Window_GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8872
8873     def GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8874         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int"""
8875         return _core_.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8876
8877     def GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8878         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int"""
8879         return _core_.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8880
8881     def SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8882         """
8883         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size)
8884
8885         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8886         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8887         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8888         """
8889         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8890
8891     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8892         """
8893         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h)
8894
8895         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8896         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8897         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8898         """
8899         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8900
8901     def GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8902         """
8903         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8904
8905         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8906         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8907         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8908         """
8909         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8910
8911     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8912         """
8913         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8914
8915         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8916         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8917         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8918         """
8919         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8920
8921     def GetWindowBorderSize(*args, **kwargs):
8922         """
8923         GetWindowBorderSize(self) -> Size
8924
8925         Return the size of the left/right and top/bottom borders.
8926         """
8927         return _core_.Window_GetWindowBorderSize(*args, **kwargs)
8928
8929     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8930         """
8931         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8932
8933         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a
8934         sizer, interior children, or other means)
8935         """
8936         return _core_.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8937
8938     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
8939         """
8940         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool
8941
8942         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level
8943         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if
8944         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if
8945         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done
8946         because it already was in the requested state.
8947         """
8948         return _core_.Window_Show(*args, **kwargs)
8949
8950     def Hide(*args, **kwargs):
8951         """
8952         Hide(self) -> bool
8953
8954         Equivalent to calling Show(False).
8955         """
8956         return _core_.Window_Hide(*args, **kwargs)
8957
8958     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
8959         """
8960         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool
8961
8962         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent
8963         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they
8964         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window
8965         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the
8966         window had already been in the specified state.
8967         """
8968         return _core_.Window_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
8969
8970     def Disable(*args, **kwargs):
8971         """
8972         Disable(self) -> bool
8973
8974         Disables the window, same as Enable(false).
8975         """
8976         return _core_.Window_Disable(*args, **kwargs)
8977
8978     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
8979         """
8980         IsShown(self) -> bool
8981
8982         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.
8983         """
8984         return _core_.Window_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
8985
8986     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8987         """
8988         IsEnabled(self) -> bool
8989
8990         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.
8991         This method takes into account the enabled state of parent windows up
8992         to the top-level window.
8993         """
8994         return _core_.Window_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8995
8996     def IsThisEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8997         """
8998         IsThisEnabled(self) -> bool
8999
9000         Returns the internal enabled state independent of the parent(s) state,
9001         i.e. the state in which the window would be if all of its parents are
9002         enabled.  Use `IsEnabled` to get the effective window state.
9003         """
9004         return _core_.Window_IsThisEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
9005
9006     def IsShownOnScreen(*args, **kwargs):
9007         """
9008         IsShownOnScreen(self) -> bool
9009
9010         Returns ``True`` if the window is physically visible on the screen,
9011         i.e. it is shown and all its parents up to the toplevel window are
9012         shown as well.
9013         """
9014         return _core_.Window_IsShownOnScreen(*args, **kwargs)
9015
9016     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
9017         """
9018         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style)
9019
9020         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be
9021         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be
9022         called after changing the others for the change to take place
9023         immediately.
9024         """
9025         return _core_.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
9026
9027     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
9028         """
9029         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long
9030
9031         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create
9032         method.
9033         """
9034         return _core_.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
9035
9036     SetWindowStyle = SetWindowStyleFlag; GetWindowStyle = GetWindowStyleFlag
9037     def HasFlag(*args, **kwargs):
9038         """
9039         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool
9040
9041         Test if the given style is set for this window.
9042         """
9043         return _core_.Window_HasFlag(*args, **kwargs)
9044
9045     def IsRetained(*args, **kwargs):
9046         """
9047         IsRetained(self) -> bool
9048
9049         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained
9050         windows are only available on X platforms.
9051         """
9052         return _core_.Window_IsRetained(*args, **kwargs)
9053
9054     def ToggleWindowStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9055         """
9056         ToggleWindowStyle(self, int flag) -> bool
9057
9058         Turn the flag on if it had been turned off before and vice versa,
9059         returns True if the flag is turned on by this function call.
9060         """
9061         return _core_.Window_ToggleWindowStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9062
9063     def SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9064         """
9065         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle)
9066
9067         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less
9068         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with
9069         SetWindowStyleFlag()
9070         """
9071         return _core_.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9072
9073     def GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9074         """
9075         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long
9076
9077         Returns the extra style bits for the window.
9078         """
9079         return _core_.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9080
9081     def HasExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9082         """
9083         HasExtraStyle(self, int exFlag) -> bool
9084
9085         Returns ``True`` if the given extra flag is set.
9086         """
9087         return _core_.Window_HasExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9088
9089     def MakeModal(*args, **kwargs):
9090         """
9091         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True)
9092
9093         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can
9094         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this
9095         effect.
9096         """
9097         return _core_.Window_MakeModal(*args, **kwargs)
9098
9099     def SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
9100         """
9101         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme)
9102
9103         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"
9104          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background
9105          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support
9106          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is
9107          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a
9108          user's selected theme.
9109
9110         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true
9111         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.
9112         """
9113         return _core_.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
9114
9115     def GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
9116         """
9117         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool
9118
9119         Return the themeEnabled flag.
9120         """
9121         return _core_.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
9122
9123     def SetFocus(*args, **kwargs):
9124         """
9125         SetFocus(self)
9126
9127         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.
9128         """
9129         return _core_.Window_SetFocus(*args, **kwargs)
9130
9131     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs):
9132         """
9133         SetFocusFromKbd(self)
9134
9135         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally
9136         only called internally.
9137         """
9138         return _core_.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs)
9139
9140     def FindFocus(*args, **kwargs):
9141         """
9142         FindFocus() -> Window
9143
9144         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
9145         or None.
9146         """
9147         return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args, **kwargs)
9148
9149     FindFocus = staticmethod(FindFocus)
9150     def AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs):
9151         """
9152         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool
9153
9154         Can this window have focus?
9155         """
9156         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs)
9157
9158     def CanAcceptFocus(*args, **kwargs):
9159         """
9160         CanAcceptFocus(self) -> bool
9161
9162         Can this window have focus right now?
9163         """
9164         return _core_.Window_CanAcceptFocus(*args, **kwargs)
9165
9166     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
9167         """
9168         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
9169
9170         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the
9171         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click
9172         it.
9173         """
9174         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
9175
9176     def CanAcceptFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
9177         """
9178         CanAcceptFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
9179
9180         Can this window be assigned focus from keyboard right now?
9181         """
9182         return _core_.Window_CanAcceptFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
9183
9184     def SetCanFocus(*args, **kwargs):
9185         """SetCanFocus(self, bool canFocus)"""
9186         return _core_.Window_SetCanFocus(*args, **kwargs)
9187
9188     def NavigateIn(*args, **kwargs):
9189         """
9190         NavigateIn(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
9191
9192         Navigates inside this window.
9193         """
9194         return _core_.Window_NavigateIn(*args, **kwargs)
9195
9196     def Navigate(*args, **kwargs):
9197         """
9198         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
9199
9200         Does keyboard navigation starting from this window to another.  This is
9201         equivalient to self.GetParent().NavigateIn().
9202         """
9203         return _core_.Window_Navigate(*args, **kwargs)
9204
9205     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
9206         """
9207         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win)
9208
9209         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified
9210         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on
9211         that other window, the focus switches to this window.
9212
9213         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function
9214         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the
9215         windows.
9216
9217         """
9218         return _core_.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
9219
9220     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
9221         """
9222         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win)
9223
9224         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just
9225         before win instead of putting it right after it.
9226         """
9227         return _core_.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
9228
9229     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
9230         """
9231         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject
9232
9233         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a
9234         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return
9235         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children
9236         do not change.
9237         """
9238         return _core_.Window_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
9239
9240     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
9241         """
9242         GetParent(self) -> Window
9243
9244         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.
9245         """
9246         return _core_.Window_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
9247
9248     def GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs):
9249         """
9250         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window
9251
9252         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there
9253         isn't one.
9254         """
9255         return _core_.Window_GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs)
9256
9257     def GetTopLevelParent(*args, **kwargs):
9258         """
9259         GetTopLevelParent(self) -> Window
9260
9261         Returns the first frame or dialog in this window's parental hierarchy.
9262         """
9263         return _core_.Window_GetTopLevelParent(*args, **kwargs)
9264
9265     def IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs):
9266         """
9267         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool
9268
9269         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all
9270         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even
9271         if they have a parent window).
9272         """
9273         return _core_.Window_IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs)
9274
9275     def Reparent(*args, **kwargs):
9276         """
9277         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool
9278
9279         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current
9280         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then
9281         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True
9282         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==
9283         oldParent)
9284         """
9285         return _core_.Window_Reparent(*args, **kwargs)
9286
9287     def AddChild(*args, **kwargs):
9288         """
9289         AddChild(self, Window child)
9290
9291         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation
9292         functions so should not be required by the application programmer.
9293         """
9294         return _core_.Window_AddChild(*args, **kwargs)
9295
9296     def RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs):
9297         """
9298         RemoveChild(self, Window child)
9299
9300         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window
9301         deletion functions so should not be required by the application
9302         programmer.
9303         """
9304         return _core_.Window_RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs)
9305
9306     def SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs):
9307         """
9308         SetDoubleBuffered(self, bool on)
9309
9310         Currently wxGTK2 only.
9311         """
9312         return _core_.Window_SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs)
9313
9314     def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
9315         """
9316         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window
9317
9318         Find a chld of this window by window ID
9319         """
9320         return _core_.Window_FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
9321
9322     def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
9323         """
9324         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window
9325
9326         Find a child of this window by name
9327         """
9328         return _core_.Window_FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
9329
9330     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9331         """
9332         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler
9333
9334         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is
9335         its own event handler.
9336         """
9337         return _core_.Window_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9338
9339     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9340         """
9341         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
9342
9343         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object
9344         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window.  (In other
9345         words, is able to dispatch the events to handler function.)  By
9346         default, the window is its own event handler, but an application may
9347         wish to substitute another, for example to allow central
9348         implementation of event-handling for a variety of different window
9349         classes.
9350
9351         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets
9352         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event
9353         handler is handed off to the next one in the chain.
9354         """
9355         return _core_.Window_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9356
9357     def PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9358         """
9359         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
9360
9361         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.
9362         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events
9363         sent to a window.  (In other words, is able to dispatch the events to a
9364         handler function.)  By default, the window is its own event handler,
9365         but an application may wish to substitute another, for example to
9366         allow central implementation of event-handling for a variety of
9367         different window classes.
9368
9369         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of
9370         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is
9371         handed to the next one in the chain.  Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler`
9372         to remove the event handler.  Ownership of the handler is *not* given
9373         to the window, so you should be sure to pop the handler before the
9374         window is destroyed and either let PopEventHandler destroy it, or call
9375         its Destroy method yourself.
9376         """
9377         return _core_.Window_PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9378
9379     def PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9380         """
9381         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler
9382
9383         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler
9384         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be
9385         destroyed after it is popped, and ``None`` will be returned instead.
9386         """
9387         return _core_.Window_PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9388
9389     def RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9390         """
9391         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool
9392
9393         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not
9394         delete) it from the event handler chain, returns True if it was found
9395         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this
9396         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be
9397         there.)
9398         """
9399         return _core_.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9400
9401     def SetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
9402         """
9403         SetValidator(self, Validator validator)
9404
9405         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,
9406         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this
9407         type.
9408         """
9409         return _core_.Window_SetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
9410
9411     def GetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
9412         """
9413         GetValidator(self) -> Validator
9414
9415         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if
9416         there is none.
9417         """
9418         return _core_.Window_GetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
9419
9420     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
9421         """
9422         Validate(self) -> bool
9423
9424         Validates the current values of the child controls using their
9425         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
9426         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child
9427         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed.
9428         """
9429         return _core_.Window_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
9430
9431     def TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9432         """
9433         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool
9434
9435         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their
9436         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
9437         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of
9438         all child windows.
9439         """
9440         return _core_.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9441
9442     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9443         """
9444         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool
9445
9446         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their
9447         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has
9448         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will
9449         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows.
9450         """
9451         return _core_.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9452
9453     def InitDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9454         """
9455         InitDialog(self)
9456
9457         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data
9458         to the dialog via validators.
9459         """
9460         return _core_.Window_InitDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9461
9462     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
9463         """
9464         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel)
9465
9466         Sets the accelerator table for this window.
9467         """
9468         return _core_.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
9469
9470     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
9471         """
9472         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable
9473
9474         Gets the accelerator table for this window.
9475         """
9476         return _core_.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
9477
9478     def RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
9479         """
9480         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool
9481
9482         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey
9483         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will
9484         receive the event even if the application is in the background and
9485         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some
9486         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey
9487         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the
9488         hotkey was registered successfully.
9489         """
9490         return _core_.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
9491
9492     def UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
9493         """
9494         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool
9495
9496         Unregisters a system wide hotkey.
9497         """
9498         return _core_.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
9499
9500     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
9501         """
9502         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point
9503
9504         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9505         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9506         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9507         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9508         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9509         then divided by 8.
9510         """
9511         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
9512
9513     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
9514         """
9515         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size
9516
9517         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9518         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9519         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9520         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9521         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9522         then divided by 8.
9523         """
9524         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
9525
9526     def DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs):
9527         """
9528         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point
9529
9530         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9531         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9532         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9533         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9534         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9535         then divided by 8.
9536         """
9537         return _core_.Window_DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs)
9538
9539     def DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs):
9540         """
9541         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size
9542
9543         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9544         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9545         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9546         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9547         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9548         then divided by 8.
9549         """
9550         return _core_.Window_DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs)
9551
9552     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9553         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point"""
9554         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9555
9556     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9557         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size"""
9558         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9559
9560     def WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs):
9561         """
9562         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y)
9563
9564         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.
9565
9566         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human
9567         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.
9568         """
9569         return _core_.Window_WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs)
9570
9571     def CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs):
9572         """
9573         CaptureMouse(self)
9574
9575         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to
9576         release the capture.
9577
9578         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the
9579         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window
9580         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if
9581         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must
9582         release the mouse as many times as you capture it, unless the window
9583         receives the `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` event.
9584
9585         Any application which captures the mouse in the beginning of some
9586         operation *must* handle `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` and cancel this
9587         operation when it receives the event. The event handler must not
9588         recapture mouse.
9589         """
9590         return _core_.Window_CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs)
9591
9592     def ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs):
9593         """
9594         ReleaseMouse(self)
9595
9596         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.
9597         """
9598         return _core_.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs)
9599
9600     def GetCapture(*args, **kwargs):
9601         """
9602         GetCapture() -> Window
9603
9604         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
9605         """
9606         return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args, **kwargs)
9607
9608     GetCapture = staticmethod(GetCapture)
9609     def HasCapture(*args, **kwargs):
9610         """
9611         HasCapture(self) -> bool
9612
9613         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.
9614         """
9615         return _core_.Window_HasCapture(*args, **kwargs)
9616
9617     def Refresh(*args, **kwargs):
9618         """
9619         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)
9620
9621         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it
9622         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent
9623         to the window.
9624         """
9625         return _core_.Window_Refresh(*args, **kwargs)
9626
9627     def RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs):
9628         """
9629         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)
9630
9631         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will
9632         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.
9633         """
9634         return _core_.Window_RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs)
9635
9636     def Update(*args, **kwargs):
9637         """
9638         Update(self)
9639
9640         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the
9641         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally
9642         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the
9643         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and
9644         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use `Refresh`
9645         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of
9646         it) unconditionally.
9647         """
9648         return _core_.Window_Update(*args, **kwargs)
9649
9650     def ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs):
9651         """
9652         ClearBackground(self)
9653
9654         Clears the window by filling it with the current background
9655         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.
9656         """
9657         return _core_.Window_ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs)
9658
9659     def Freeze(*args, **kwargs):
9660         """
9661         Freeze(self)
9662
9663         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from
9664         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be
9665         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be
9666         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has
9667         been undone.
9668
9669         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,
9670         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into
9671         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor
9672         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a
9673         mandatory directive.
9674         """
9675         return _core_.Window_Freeze(*args, **kwargs)
9676
9677     def IsFrozen(*args, **kwargs):
9678         """
9679         IsFrozen(self) -> bool
9680
9681         Returns ``True`` if the window has been frozen and not thawed yet.
9682
9683         :see: `Freeze` and `Thaw`
9684         """
9685         return _core_.Window_IsFrozen(*args, **kwargs)
9686
9687     def Thaw(*args, **kwargs):
9688         """
9689         Thaw(self)
9690
9691         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to
9692         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of
9693         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.
9694         """
9695         return _core_.Window_Thaw(*args, **kwargs)
9696
9697     def PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs):
9698         """
9699         PrepareDC(self, DC dc)
9700
9701         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a
9702         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current
9703         scroll position.
9704         """
9705         return _core_.Window_PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs)
9706
9707     def IsDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs):
9708         """
9709         IsDoubleBuffered(self) -> bool
9710
9711         Returns ``True`` if the window contents is double-buffered by the
9712         system, i.e. if any drawing done on the window is really done on a
9713         temporary backing surface and transferred to the screen all at once
9714         later.
9715         """
9716         return _core_.Window_IsDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs)
9717
9718     def GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs):
9719         """
9720         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region
9721
9722         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been
9723         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.
9724         """
9725         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs)
9726
9727     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
9728         """
9729         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect
9730
9731         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.
9732         """
9733         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
9734
9735     def IsExposed(*args, **kwargs):
9736         """
9737         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool
9738
9739         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9740         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9741         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9742         exposed.
9743         """
9744         return _core_.Window_IsExposed(*args, **kwargs)
9745
9746     def IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs):
9747         """
9748         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool
9749
9750         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9751         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9752         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9753         exposed.
9754         """
9755         return _core_.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs)
9756
9757     def IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs):
9758         """
9759         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
9760
9761         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9762         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9763         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9764         exposed.
9765         """
9766         return _core_.Window_IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs)
9767
9768     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9769         """
9770         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes
9771
9772         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is
9773         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control
9774         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard
9775         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of
9776         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9777         """
9778         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9779
9780     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9781         """
9782         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
9783
9784         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
9785         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
9786         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
9787         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
9788         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9789
9790         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
9791         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
9792         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
9793         this.
9794         """
9795         return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9796
9797     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
9798     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9799         """
9800         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9801
9802         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour
9803         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default
9804         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and
9805         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window
9806         to the default background colour.
9807
9808         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate
9809         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after
9810         calling this function.
9811
9812         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this
9813         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the
9814         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all
9815         applications on the system.
9816         """
9817         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9818
9819     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9820         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9821         return _core_.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9822
9823     def SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9824         """
9825         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9826
9827         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour
9828         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on
9829         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may
9830         not be used at all.
9831         """
9832         return _core_.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9833
9834     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9835         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9836         return _core_.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9837
9838     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9839         """
9840         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour
9841
9842         Returns the background colour of the window.
9843         """
9844         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9845
9846     def GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9847         """
9848         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour
9849
9850         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of
9851         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text
9852         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.
9853         """
9854         return _core_.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9855
9856     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9857         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool"""
9858         return _core_.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9859
9860     def UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs):
9861         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool"""
9862         return _core_.Window_UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs)
9863
9864     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9865         """
9866         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool
9867
9868         Returns the background style of the window. The background style
9869         indicates how the background of the window is drawn.
9870
9871             ======================  ========================================
9872             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should
9873                                     be determined by the system
9874             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour
9875             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the
9876                                     application.
9877             ======================  ========================================
9878
9879         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of
9880         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has
9881         no effect on other platforms.
9882
9883         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`
9884         """
9885         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9886
9887     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9888         """
9889         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int
9890
9891         Returns the background style of the window.
9892
9893         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle`
9894         """
9895         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9896
9897     def HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs):
9898         """
9899         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool
9900
9901         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for
9902         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's
9903         background.
9904
9905         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you
9906         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override
9907         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted
9908         correctly.
9909         """
9910         return _core_.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs)
9911
9912     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9913         """
9914         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool
9915
9916         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it
9917         for the children of the window implicitly.
9918
9919         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will
9920         be reset back to default.
9921         """
9922         return _core_.Window_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9923
9924     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9925         """
9926         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
9927
9928         Return the cursor associated with this window.
9929         """
9930         return _core_.Window_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9931
9932     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9933         """
9934         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool
9935
9936         Sets the font for this window.
9937         """
9938         return _core_.Window_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9939
9940     def SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs):
9941         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)"""
9942         return _core_.Window_SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs)
9943
9944     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9945         """
9946         GetFont(self) -> Font
9947
9948         Returns the default font used for this window.
9949         """
9950         return _core_.Window_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9951
9952     def SetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9953         """
9954         SetCaret(self, Caret caret)
9955
9956         Sets the caret associated with the window.
9957         """
9958         return _core_.Window_SetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9959
9960     def GetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9961         """
9962         GetCaret(self) -> Caret
9963
9964         Returns the caret associated with the window.
9965         """
9966         return _core_.Window_GetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9967
9968     def GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs):
9969         """
9970         GetCharHeight(self) -> int
9971
9972         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9973         """
9974         return _core_.Window_GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs)
9975
9976     def GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs):
9977         """
9978         GetCharWidth(self) -> int
9979
9980         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9981         """
9982         return _core_.Window_GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs)
9983
9984     def GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9985         """
9986         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height)
9987
9988         Get the width and height of the text using the current font.
9989         """
9990         return _core_.Window_GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9991
9992     def GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9993         """
9994         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) ->
9995            (width, height, descent, externalLeading)
9996
9997         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the
9998         current or specified font.
9999         """
10000         return _core_.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
10001
10002     def ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs):
10003         """
10004         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
10005
10006         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
10007         """
10008         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs)
10009
10010     def ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs):
10011         """
10012         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
10013
10014         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
10015         """
10016         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs)
10017
10018     def ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs):
10019         """
10020         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point
10021
10022         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
10023         """
10024         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs)
10025
10026     def ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs):
10027         """
10028         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point
10029
10030         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
10031         """
10032         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs)
10033
10034     def HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs):
10035         """
10036         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int
10037
10038         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
10039         """
10040         return _core_.Window_HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs)
10041
10042     def HitTest(*args, **kwargs):
10043         """
10044         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int
10045
10046         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
10047         """
10048         return _core_.Window_HitTest(*args, **kwargs)
10049
10050     def GetBorder(*args):
10051         """
10052         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int
10053         GetBorder(self) -> int
10054
10055         Get border for the flags of this window
10056         """
10057         return _core_.Window_GetBorder(*args)
10058
10059     def UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs):
10060         """
10061         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)
10062
10063         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular
10064         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will
10065         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will
10066         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this
10067         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at
10068         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are
10069         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called
10070         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to
10071         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events
10072         in idle time.
10073         """
10074         return _core_.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs)
10075
10076     def PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs):
10077         """
10078         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool
10079
10080         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
10081         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
10082         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
10083         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
10084         mouse cursor will be used.
10085         """
10086         return _core_.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs)
10087
10088     def PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10089         """
10090         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool
10091
10092         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
10093         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
10094         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
10095         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
10096         mouse cursor will be used.
10097         """
10098         return _core_.Window_PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10099
10100     def HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs):
10101         """HasMultiplePages(self) -> bool"""
10102         return _core_.Window_HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs)
10103
10104     def GetHandle(*args, **kwargs):
10105         """
10106         GetHandle(self) -> long
10107
10108         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the
10109         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the
10110         toplevel parent of the window.
10111         """
10112         return _core_.Window_GetHandle(*args, **kwargs)
10113
10114     def AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
10115         """
10116         AssociateHandle(self, long handle)
10117
10118         Associate the window with a new native handle
10119         """
10120         return _core_.Window_AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
10121
10122     def DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
10123         """
10124         DissociateHandle(self)
10125
10126         Dissociate the current native handle from the window
10127         """
10128         return _core_.Window_DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
10129
10130     def OnPaint(*args, **kwargs):
10131         """OnPaint(self, PaintEvent event)"""
10132         return _core_.Window_OnPaint(*args, **kwargs)
10133
10134     def HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
10135         """
10136         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool
10137
10138         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?
10139         """
10140         return _core_.Window_HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
10141
10142     def SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
10143         """
10144         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,
10145             bool refresh=True)
10146
10147         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.
10148         """
10149         return _core_.Window_SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
10150
10151     def SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
10152         """
10153         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)
10154
10155         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.
10156         """
10157         return _core_.Window_SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
10158
10159     def GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
10160         """
10161         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int
10162
10163         Returns the built-in scrollbar position.
10164         """
10165         return _core_.Window_GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
10166
10167     def GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs):
10168         """
10169         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int
10170
10171         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.
10172         """
10173         return _core_.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs)
10174
10175     def GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs):
10176         """
10177         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int
10178
10179         Returns the built-in scrollbar range.
10180         """
10181         return _core_.Window_GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs)
10182
10183     def ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10184         """
10185         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)
10186
10187         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows
10188         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling
10189         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that
10190         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.
10191         """
10192         return _core_.Window_ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10193
10194     def ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs):
10195         """
10196         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool
10197
10198         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
10199         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines
10200         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
10201         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
10202         """
10203         return _core_.Window_ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs)
10204
10205     def ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs):
10206         """
10207         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool
10208
10209         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
10210         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages
10211         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
10212         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
10213         """
10214         return _core_.Window_ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs)
10215
10216     def LineUp(*args, **kwargs):
10217         """
10218         LineUp(self) -> bool
10219
10220         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1).
10221         """
10222         return _core_.Window_LineUp(*args, **kwargs)
10223
10224     def LineDown(*args, **kwargs):
10225         """
10226         LineDown(self) -> bool
10227
10228         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1).
10229         """
10230         return _core_.Window_LineDown(*args, **kwargs)
10231
10232     def PageUp(*args, **kwargs):
10233         """
10234         PageUp(self) -> bool
10235
10236         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1).
10237         """
10238         return _core_.Window_PageUp(*args, **kwargs)
10239
10240     def PageDown(*args, **kwargs):
10241         """
10242         PageDown(self) -> bool
10243
10244         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1).
10245         """
10246         return _core_.Window_PageDown(*args, **kwargs)
10247
10248     def SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
10249         """
10250         SetHelpText(self, String text)
10251
10252         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
10253         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
10254         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
10255         """
10256         return _core_.Window_SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
10257
10258     def SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs):
10259         """
10260         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text)
10261
10262         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this
10263         one.
10264         """
10265         return _core_.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs)
10266
10267     def GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
10268         """
10269         GetHelpTextAtPoint(self, Point pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) -> String
10270
10271         Get the help string associated with the given position in this window.
10272
10273         Notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown
10274         and this method should return the global window help text then
10275
10276         """
10277         return _core_.Window_GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
10278
10279     def GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
10280         """
10281         GetHelpText(self) -> String
10282
10283         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
10284         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
10285         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
10286         """
10287         return _core_.Window_GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
10288
10289     def SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs):
10290         """
10291         SetToolTipString(self, String tip)
10292
10293         Attach a tooltip to the window.
10294         """
10295         return _core_.Window_SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs)
10296
10297     def SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
10298         """
10299         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip)
10300
10301         Attach a tooltip to the window.
10302         """
10303         return _core_.Window_SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
10304
10305     def GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
10306         """
10307         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip
10308
10309         get the associated tooltip or None if none
10310         """
10311         return _core_.Window_GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
10312
10313     def SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
10314         """
10315         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget)
10316
10317         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has
10318         a drop target, it is deleted.
10319         """
10320         return _core_.Window_SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
10321
10322     def GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
10323         """
10324         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget
10325
10326         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.
10327         """
10328         return _core_.Window_GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
10329
10330     def DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs):
10331         """
10332         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept)
10333
10334         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.
10335         Only functional on Windows.
10336         """
10337         return _core_.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs)
10338
10339     def SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
10340         """
10341         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)
10342
10343         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing
10344         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be
10345         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current
10346         constraints.
10347
10348         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints
10349         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must
10350         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting
10351         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have
10352         effect.
10353         """
10354         return _core_.Window_SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
10355
10356     def GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
10357         """
10358         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints
10359
10360         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there
10361         are none.
10362         """
10363         return _core_.Window_GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
10364
10365     def SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
10366         """
10367         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout)
10368
10369         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically
10370         when the window is resized.  lease note that this only happens for the
10371         windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.Panel` and
10372         `wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).
10373
10374         This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use
10375         `SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window
10376         layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.
10377         """
10378         return _core_.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
10379
10380     def GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
10381         """
10382         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool
10383
10384         Returns the current autoLayout setting
10385         """
10386         return _core_.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
10387
10388     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
10389         """
10390         Layout(self) -> bool
10391
10392         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based
10393         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,
10394         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE
10395         handler when the window is resized.
10396         """
10397         return _core_.Window_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
10398
10399     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10400         """
10401         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
10402
10403         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then
10404         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing
10405         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted
10406         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also
10407         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is
10408         non-None, and False otherwise.
10409         """
10410         return _core_.Window_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10411
10412     def SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs):
10413         """
10414         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
10415
10416         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the
10417         window based on the sizer's minimum size.
10418         """
10419         return _core_.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs)
10420
10421     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10422         """
10423         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
10424
10425         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to
10426         SetSizer or None if there isn't one.
10427         """
10428         return _core_.Window_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10429
10430     def SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10431         """
10432         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
10433
10434         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is
10435         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so
10436         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.
10437         """
10438         return _core_.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10439
10440     def GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10441         """
10442         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer
10443
10444         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.
10445         """
10446         return _core_.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10447
10448     def InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10449         """
10450         InheritAttributes(self)
10451
10452         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called
10453         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual
10454         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background
10455         colours.
10456
10457         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use
10458         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's
10459         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not
10460         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been
10461         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same
10462         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides
10463         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed
10464         no matter what and only the font might.
10465
10466         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the
10467         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default
10468         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as
10469         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)
10470         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the
10471         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change
10472         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or
10473         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the
10474         parents attributes.
10475
10476         """
10477         return _core_.Window_InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10478
10479     def ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs):
10480         """
10481         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool
10482
10483         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be
10484         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them
10485         from the parent window.
10486
10487         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in
10488         wxControl where it returns true.
10489         """
10490         return _core_.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs)
10491
10492     def CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
10493         """
10494         CanSetTransparent(self) -> bool
10495
10496         Returns ``True`` if the platform supports setting the transparency for
10497         this window.  Note that this method will err on the side of caution,
10498         so it is possible that this will return ``False`` when it is in fact
10499         possible to set the transparency.
10500
10501         NOTE: On X-windows systems the X server must have the composite
10502         extension loaded, and there must be a composite manager program (such
10503         as xcompmgr) running.
10504         """
10505         return _core_.Window_CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
10506
10507     def SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
10508         """
10509         SetTransparent(self, byte alpha) -> bool
10510
10511         Attempt to set the transparency of this window to the ``alpha`` value,
10512         returns True on success.  The ``alpha`` value is an integer in the
10513         range of 0 to 255, where 0 is fully transparent and 255 is fully
10514         opaque.
10515         """
10516         return _core_.Window_SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
10517
10518     def PostCreate(self, pre):
10519         """
10520         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!>
10521         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.
10522         """
10523         self.this = pre.this
10524         self.thisown = pre.thisown
10525         pre.thisown = 0
10526         if hasattr(self, '_setOORInfo'):
10527             try:
10528                 self._setOORInfo(self)
10529             except TypeError:
10530                 pass
10531         if hasattr(self, '_setCallbackInfo'):
10532             try:
10533                 self._setCallbackInfo(self, pre.__class__)
10534             except TypeError:
10535                 pass
10536
10537     def SendSizeEvent(self):
10538         self.GetEventHandler().ProcessEvent(wx.SizeEvent((-1,-1)))
10539
10540     AcceleratorTable = property(GetAcceleratorTable,SetAcceleratorTable,doc="See `GetAcceleratorTable` and `SetAcceleratorTable`")
10541     AutoLayout = property(GetAutoLayout,SetAutoLayout,doc="See `GetAutoLayout` and `SetAutoLayout`")
10542     BackgroundColour = property(GetBackgroundColour,SetBackgroundColour,doc="See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`")
10543     BackgroundStyle = property(GetBackgroundStyle,SetBackgroundStyle,doc="See `GetBackgroundStyle` and `SetBackgroundStyle`")
10544     EffectiveMinSize = property(GetEffectiveMinSize,doc="See `GetEffectiveMinSize`")
10545     BestSize = property(GetBestSize,doc="See `GetBestSize`")
10546     BestVirtualSize = property(GetBestVirtualSize,doc="See `GetBestVirtualSize`")
10547     Border = property(GetBorder,doc="See `GetBorder`")
10548     Caret = property(GetCaret,SetCaret,doc="See `GetCaret` and `SetCaret`")
10549     CharHeight = property(GetCharHeight,doc="See `GetCharHeight`")
10550     CharWidth = property(GetCharWidth,doc="See `GetCharWidth`")
10551     Children = property(GetChildren,doc="See `GetChildren`")
10552     ClientAreaOrigin = property(GetClientAreaOrigin,doc="See `GetClientAreaOrigin`")
10553     ClientRect = property(GetClientRect,SetClientRect,doc="See `GetClientRect` and `SetClientRect`")
10554     ClientSize = property(GetClientSize,SetClientSize,doc="See `GetClientSize` and `SetClientSize`")
10555     Constraints = property(GetConstraints,SetConstraints,doc="See `GetConstraints` and `SetConstraints`")
10556     ContainingSizer = property(GetContainingSizer,SetContainingSizer,doc="See `GetContainingSizer` and `SetContainingSizer`")
10557     Cursor = property(GetCursor,SetCursor,doc="See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`")
10558     DefaultAttributes = property(GetDefaultAttributes,doc="See `GetDefaultAttributes`")
10559     DropTarget = property(GetDropTarget,SetDropTarget,doc="See `GetDropTarget` and `SetDropTarget`")
10560     EventHandler = property(GetEventHandler,SetEventHandler,doc="See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`")
10561     ExtraStyle = property(GetExtraStyle,SetExtraStyle,doc="See `GetExtraStyle` and `SetExtraStyle`")
10562     Font = property(GetFont,SetFont,doc="See `GetFont` and `SetFont`")
10563     ForegroundColour = property(GetForegroundColour,SetForegroundColour,doc="See `GetForegroundColour` and `SetForegroundColour`")
10564     GrandParent = property(GetGrandParent,doc="See `GetGrandParent`")
10565     TopLevelParent = property(GetTopLevelParent,doc="See `GetTopLevelParent`")
10566     Handle = property(GetHandle,doc="See `GetHandle`")
10567     HelpText = property(GetHelpText,SetHelpText,doc="See `GetHelpText` and `SetHelpText`")
10568     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
10569     Label = property(GetLabel,SetLabel,doc="See `GetLabel` and `SetLabel`")
10570     LayoutDirection = property(GetLayoutDirection,SetLayoutDirection,doc="See `GetLayoutDirection` and `SetLayoutDirection`")
10571     MaxHeight = property(GetMaxHeight,doc="See `GetMaxHeight`")
10572     MaxSize = property(GetMaxSize,SetMaxSize,doc="See `GetMaxSize` and `SetMaxSize`")
10573     MaxWidth = property(GetMaxWidth,doc="See `GetMaxWidth`")
10574     MinHeight = property(GetMinHeight,doc="See `GetMinHeight`")
10575     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,SetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`")
10576     MinWidth = property(GetMinWidth,doc="See `GetMinWidth`")
10577     Name = property(GetName,SetName,doc="See `GetName` and `SetName`")
10578     Parent = property(GetParent,doc="See `GetParent`")
10579     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
10580     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
10581     ScreenPosition = property(GetScreenPosition,doc="See `GetScreenPosition`")
10582     ScreenRect = property(GetScreenRect,doc="See `GetScreenRect`")
10583     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
10584     Sizer = property(GetSizer,SetSizer,doc="See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`")
10585     ThemeEnabled = property(GetThemeEnabled,SetThemeEnabled,doc="See `GetThemeEnabled` and `SetThemeEnabled`")
10586     ToolTip = property(GetToolTip,SetToolTip,doc="See `GetToolTip` and `SetToolTip`")
10587     UpdateClientRect = property(GetUpdateClientRect,doc="See `GetUpdateClientRect`")
10588     UpdateRegion = property(GetUpdateRegion,doc="See `GetUpdateRegion`")
10589     Validator = property(GetValidator,SetValidator,doc="See `GetValidator` and `SetValidator`")
10590     VirtualSize = property(GetVirtualSize,SetVirtualSize,doc="See `GetVirtualSize` and `SetVirtualSize`")
10591     WindowStyle = property(GetWindowStyle,SetWindowStyle,doc="See `GetWindowStyle` and `SetWindowStyle`")
10592     WindowStyleFlag = property(GetWindowStyleFlag,SetWindowStyleFlag,doc="See `GetWindowStyleFlag` and `SetWindowStyleFlag`")
10593     WindowVariant = property(GetWindowVariant,SetWindowVariant,doc="See `GetWindowVariant` and `SetWindowVariant`")
10594     Shown = property(IsShown,Show,doc="See `IsShown` and `Show`")
10595     Enabled = property(IsEnabled,Enable,doc="See `IsEnabled` and `Enable`")
10596     TopLevel = property(IsTopLevel,doc="See `IsTopLevel`")
10597 _core_.Window_swigregister(Window)
10598
10599 def PreWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10600     """
10601     PreWindow() -> Window
10602
10603     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation.
10604     """
10605     val = _core_.new_PreWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10606     return val
10607
10608 def Window_NewControlId(*args):
10609   """
10610     Window_NewControlId() -> int
10611
10612     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
10613     """
10614   return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args)
10615
10616 def Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
10617   """
10618     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int
10619
10620     Get the id of the control following the one with the given
10621     autogenerated) id
10622     """
10623   return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
10624
10625 def Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
10626   """
10627     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
10628
10629     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
10630     autogenerated) id
10631     """
10632   return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
10633
10634 def Window_FindFocus(*args):
10635   """
10636     Window_FindFocus() -> Window
10637
10638     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
10639     or None.
10640     """
10641   return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args)
10642
10643 def Window_GetCapture(*args):
10644   """
10645     Window_GetCapture() -> Window
10646
10647     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
10648     """
10649   return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args)
10650
10651 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10652   """
10653     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10654
10655     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10656     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10657     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10658     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10659     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10660
10661     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10662     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10663     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10664     this.
10665     """
10666   return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10667
10668 def DLG_PNT(win, point_or_x, y=None):
10669     """
10670     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in
10671     dialog units to pixel units.
10672     """
10673     if y is None:
10674         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x)
10675     else:
10676         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx.Point(point_or_x, y))
10677
10678 def DLG_SZE(win, size_width, height=None):
10679     """
10680     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in
10681     dialog units to pixel units.
10682     """
10683     if height is None:
10684         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width)
10685     else:
10686         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx.Size(size_width, height))
10687
10688
10689 def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
10690   """
10691     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window
10692
10693     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent
10694     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog
10695     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
10696     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
10697     """
10698   return _core_.FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
10699
10700 def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
10701   """
10702     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window
10703
10704     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create
10705     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all
10706     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be
10707     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both
10708     cases.
10709
10710     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called.
10711     """
10712   return _core_.FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
10713
10714 def FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10715   """
10716     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window
10717
10718     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label
10719     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the
10720     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if
10721     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
10722     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
10723     """
10724   return _core_.FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10725
10726 def Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs):
10727   """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window"""
10728   return _core_.Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs)
10729
10730 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args):
10731   """
10732     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject
10733
10734     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames,
10735     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained
10736     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows
10737     are closed or new top-level windows are created.
10738
10739     """
10740   return _core_.GetTopLevelWindows(*args)
10741 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10742
10743 class Validator(EvtHandler):
10744     """Proxy of C++ Validator class"""
10745     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10746     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10747     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10748         """__init__(self) -> Validator"""
10749         _core_.Validator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Validator(*args, **kwargs))
10750         self._setOORInfo(self)
10751
10752     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
10753         """Clone(self) -> Validator"""
10754         return _core_.Validator_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
10755
10756     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
10757         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool"""
10758         return _core_.Validator_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
10759
10760     def TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10761         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool"""
10762         return _core_.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10763
10764     def TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10765         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool"""
10766         return _core_.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10767
10768     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10769         """GetWindow(self) -> Window"""
10770         return _core_.Validator_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10771
10772     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10773         """SetWindow(self, Window window)"""
10774         return _core_.Validator_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10775
10776     def IsSilent(*args, **kwargs):
10777         """IsSilent() -> bool"""
10778         return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args, **kwargs)
10779
10780     IsSilent = staticmethod(IsSilent)
10781     def SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
10782         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
10783         return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
10784
10785     SetBellOnError = staticmethod(SetBellOnError)
10786     Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")
10787 _core_.Validator_swigregister(Validator)
10788
10789 def Validator_IsSilent(*args):
10790   """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool"""
10791   return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args)
10792
10793 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
10794   """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
10795   return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
10796
10797 class PyValidator(Validator):
10798     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class"""
10799     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10800     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10801     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10802         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator"""
10803         _core_.PyValidator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyValidator(*args, **kwargs))
10804         self._setOORInfo(self);PyValidator._setCallbackInfo(self, self, PyValidator)
10805
10806     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
10807         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=1)"""
10808         return _core_.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
10809
10810 _core_.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidator)
10811
10812 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10813
10814 class Menu(EvtHandler):
10815     """Proxy of C++ Menu class"""
10816     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10817     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10818     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10819         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu"""
10820         _core_.Menu_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Menu(*args, **kwargs))
10821         self._setOORInfo(self)
10822
10823     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10824         """
10825         Append(self, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10826             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10827         """
10828         return _core_.Menu_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10829
10830     def AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10831         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10832         return _core_.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10833
10834     def AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10835         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10836         return _core_.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10837
10838     def AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10839         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10840         return _core_.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10841
10842     def AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10843         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10844         return _core_.Menu_AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10845
10846     def AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10847         """AppendSubMenu(self, Menu submenu, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10848         return _core_.Menu_AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10849
10850     def AppendItem(*args, **kwargs):
10851         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10852         return _core_.Menu_AppendItem(*args, **kwargs)
10853
10854     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
10855         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10856         return _core_.Menu_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
10857
10858     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
10859         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10860         return _core_.Menu_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
10861
10862     def Break(*args, **kwargs):
10863         """Break(self)"""
10864         return _core_.Menu_Break(*args, **kwargs)
10865
10866     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10867         """
10868         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10869             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10870         """
10871         return _core_.Menu_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10872
10873     def InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10874         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem"""
10875         return _core_.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10876
10877     def InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10878         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10879         return _core_.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10880
10881     def InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10882         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10883         return _core_.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10884
10885     def InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10886         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10887         return _core_.Menu_InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10888
10889     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
10890         """
10891         Prepend(self, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10892             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10893         """
10894         return _core_.Menu_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
10895
10896     def PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10897         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10898         return _core_.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10899
10900     def PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10901         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10902         return _core_.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10903
10904     def PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10905         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10906         return _core_.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10907
10908     def PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10909         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10910         return _core_.Menu_PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10911
10912     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10913         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10914         return _core_.Menu_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10915
10916     def RemoveItem(self, item):
10917         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10918         #// The return object is always the parameter, so return that
10919         #// proxy instead of the new one
10920         val = _core_.Menu_RemoveItem(self, item)
10921         item.this.own(val.this.own())
10922         val.this.disown()
10923         return item
10924
10925
10926     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
10927         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool"""
10928         return _core_.Menu_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
10929
10930     def DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs):
10931         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
10932         return _core_.Menu_DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs)
10933
10934     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
10935         """
10936         Destroy(self)
10937
10938         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10939         """
10940         args[0].this.own(False)
10941         return _core_.Menu_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
10942
10943     def DestroyId(*args, **kwargs):
10944         """DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool"""
10945         return _core_.Menu_DestroyId(*args, **kwargs)
10946
10947     def DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs):
10948         """DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
10949         return _core_.Menu_DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs)
10950
10951     def GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs):
10952         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t"""
10953         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs)
10954
10955     def GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs):
10956         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject"""
10957         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs)
10958
10959     def FindItem(*args, **kwargs):
10960         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int"""
10961         return _core_.Menu_FindItem(*args, **kwargs)
10962
10963     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10964         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10965         return _core_.Menu_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10966
10967     def FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs):
10968         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem"""
10969         return _core_.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs)
10970
10971     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10972         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10973         return _core_.Menu_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10974
10975     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10976         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10977         return _core_.Menu_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10978
10979     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10980         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10981         return _core_.Menu_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10982
10983     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10984         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10985         return _core_.Menu_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10986
10987     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10988         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10989         return _core_.Menu_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10990
10991     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10992         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10993         return _core_.Menu_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10994
10995     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10996         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10997         return _core_.Menu_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10998
10999     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
11000         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
11001         return _core_.Menu_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
11002
11003     def SetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
11004         """SetTitle(self, String title)"""
11005         return _core_.Menu_SetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
11006
11007     def GetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
11008         """GetTitle(self) -> String"""
11009         return _core_.Menu_GetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
11010
11011     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
11012         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
11013         return _core_.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
11014
11015     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
11016         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
11017         return _core_.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
11018
11019     def SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11020         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)"""
11021         return _core_.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11022
11023     def GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11024         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window"""
11025         return _core_.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11026
11027     def GetStyle(*args, **kwargs):
11028         """GetStyle(self) -> long"""
11029         return _core_.Menu_GetStyle(*args, **kwargs)
11030
11031     def UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs):
11032         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)"""
11033         return _core_.Menu_UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs)
11034
11035     def GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs):
11036         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar"""
11037         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs)
11038
11039     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
11040         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)"""
11041         return _core_.Menu_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
11042
11043     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
11044         """Detach(self)"""
11045         return _core_.Menu_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
11046
11047     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
11048         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
11049         return _core_.Menu_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
11050
11051     def SetParent(*args, **kwargs):
11052         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)"""
11053         return _core_.Menu_SetParent(*args, **kwargs)
11054
11055     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
11056         """GetParent(self) -> Menu"""
11057         return _core_.Menu_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
11058
11059     EventHandler = property(GetEventHandler,SetEventHandler,doc="See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`")
11060     HelpString = property(GetHelpString,SetHelpString,doc="See `GetHelpString` and `SetHelpString`")
11061     InvokingWindow = property(GetInvokingWindow,SetInvokingWindow,doc="See `GetInvokingWindow` and `SetInvokingWindow`")
11062     MenuBar = property(GetMenuBar,doc="See `GetMenuBar`")
11063     MenuItemCount = property(GetMenuItemCount,doc="See `GetMenuItemCount`")
11064     MenuItems = property(GetMenuItems,doc="See `GetMenuItems`")
11065     Parent = property(GetParent,SetParent,doc="See `GetParent` and `SetParent`")
11066     Style = property(GetStyle,doc="See `GetStyle`")
11067     Title = property(GetTitle,SetTitle,doc="See `GetTitle` and `SetTitle`")
11068 _core_.Menu_swigregister(Menu)
11069 DefaultValidator = cvar.DefaultValidator
11070
11071 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11072
11073 class MenuBar(Window):
11074     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class"""
11075     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11076     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11077     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11078         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar"""
11079         _core_.MenuBar_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuBar(*args, **kwargs))
11080         self._setOORInfo(self)
11081
11082     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
11083         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
11084         return _core_.MenuBar_Append(*args, **kwargs)
11085
11086     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11087         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
11088         return _core_.MenuBar_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11089
11090     def GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs):
11091         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t"""
11092         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs)
11093
11094     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11095         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
11096         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11097
11098     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
11099         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu"""
11100         return _core_.MenuBar_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
11101
11102     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
11103         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
11104         return _core_.MenuBar_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
11105
11106     def EnableTop(*args, **kwargs):
11107         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)"""
11108         return _core_.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args, **kwargs)
11109
11110     def IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs):
11111         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool"""
11112         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs)
11113
11114     def SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
11115         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)"""
11116         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
11117
11118     def GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
11119         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String"""
11120         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
11121
11122     def FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs):
11123         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int"""
11124         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs)
11125
11126     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
11127         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
11128         return _core_.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
11129
11130     def FindMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11131         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int"""
11132         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11133
11134     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
11135         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
11136         return _core_.MenuBar_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
11137
11138     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
11139         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
11140         return _core_.MenuBar_Check(*args, **kwargs)
11141
11142     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
11143         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
11144         return _core_.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
11145
11146     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
11147         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
11148         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
11149
11150     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
11151         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
11152         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
11153
11154     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
11155         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
11156         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
11157
11158     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
11159         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
11160         return _core_.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
11161
11162     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
11163         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
11164         return _core_.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
11165
11166     def GetFrame(*args, **kwargs):
11167         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame"""
11168         return _core_.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args, **kwargs)
11169
11170     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
11171         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
11172         return _core_.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
11173
11174     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
11175         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)"""
11176         return _core_.MenuBar_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
11177
11178     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
11179         """Detach(self)"""
11180         return _core_.MenuBar_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
11181
11182     def UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs):
11183         """UpdateMenus(self)"""
11184         return _core_.MenuBar_UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs)
11185
11186     def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11187         """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
11188         return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11189
11190     SetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu)
11191     def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11192         """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
11193         return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11194
11195     GetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu)
11196     def GetMenus(self):
11197         """Return a list of (menu, label) items for the menus in the MenuBar. """
11198         return [(self.GetMenu(i), self.GetLabelTop(i))
11199                 for i in range(self.GetMenuCount())]
11200
11201     def SetMenus(self, items):
11202         """Clear and add new menus to the MenuBar from a list of (menu, label) items. """
11203         for i in range(self.GetMenuCount()-1, -1, -1):
11204             self.Remove(i)
11205         for m, l in items:
11206             self.Append(m, l)
11207
11208     Frame = property(GetFrame,doc="See `GetFrame`")
11209     MenuCount = property(GetMenuCount,doc="See `GetMenuCount`")
11210     Menus = property(GetMenus,SetMenus,doc="See `GetMenus` and `SetMenus`")
11211 _core_.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBar)
11212
11213 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11214   """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
11215   return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11216
11217 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args):
11218   """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
11219   return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args)
11220
11221 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11222
11223 class MenuItem(Object):
11224     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class"""
11225     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11226     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11227     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11228         """
11229         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_SEPARATOR, String text=EmptyString,
11230             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,
11231             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem
11232         """
11233         _core_.MenuItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuItem(*args, **kwargs))
11234     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_MenuItem
11235     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11236     def Destroy(self): pass
11237     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11238         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu"""
11239         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11240
11241     def SetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11242         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
11243         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11244
11245     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
11246         """SetId(self, int id)"""
11247         return _core_.MenuItem_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
11248
11249     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
11250         """GetId(self) -> int"""
11251         return _core_.MenuItem_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
11252
11253     def IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
11254         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool"""
11255         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
11256
11257     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
11258         """SetText(self, String str)"""
11259         return _core_.MenuItem_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
11260
11261     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
11262         """GetLabel(self) -> String"""
11263         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
11264
11265     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
11266         """GetText(self) -> String"""
11267         return _core_.MenuItem_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
11268
11269     def GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
11270         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
11271         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
11272
11273     GetLabelFromText = staticmethod(GetLabelFromText)
11274     def GetKind(*args, **kwargs):
11275         """GetKind(self) -> int"""
11276         return _core_.MenuItem_GetKind(*args, **kwargs)
11277
11278     def SetKind(*args, **kwargs):
11279         """SetKind(self, int kind)"""
11280         return _core_.MenuItem_SetKind(*args, **kwargs)
11281
11282     def SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
11283         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)"""
11284         return _core_.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
11285
11286     def IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
11287         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool"""
11288         return _core_.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
11289
11290     def IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11291         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool"""
11292         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11293
11294     def SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11295         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
11296         return _core_.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11297
11298     def GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11299         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu"""
11300         return _core_.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11301
11302     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
11303         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)"""
11304         return _core_.MenuItem_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
11305
11306     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
11307         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool"""
11308         return _core_.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
11309
11310     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
11311         """Check(self, bool check=True)"""
11312         return _core_.MenuItem_Check(*args, **kwargs)
11313
11314     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
11315         """IsChecked(self) -> bool"""
11316         return _core_.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
11317
11318     def Toggle(*args, **kwargs):
11319         """Toggle(self)"""
11320         return _core_.MenuItem_Toggle(*args, **kwargs)
11321
11322     def SetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
11323         """SetHelp(self, String str)"""
11324         return _core_.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
11325
11326     def GetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
11327         """GetHelp(self) -> String"""
11328         return _core_.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
11329
11330     def GetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
11331         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
11332         return _core_.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
11333
11334     def SetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
11335         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)"""
11336         return _core_.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
11337
11338     def SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
11339         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)"""
11340         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
11341
11342     def GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
11343         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
11344         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
11345
11346     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
11347         """SetFont(self, Font font)"""
11348         return _core_.MenuItem_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
11349
11350     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
11351         """GetFont(self) -> Font"""
11352         return _core_.MenuItem_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
11353
11354     def SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
11355         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)"""
11356         return _core_.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
11357
11358     def GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
11359         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour"""
11360         return _core_.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
11361
11362     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
11363         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)"""
11364         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
11365
11366     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
11367         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour"""
11368         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
11369
11370     def SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs):
11371         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)"""
11372         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs)
11373
11374     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
11375         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)"""
11376         return _core_.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
11377
11378     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
11379         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
11380         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
11381
11382     def SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
11383         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)"""
11384         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
11385
11386     def GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
11387         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int"""
11388         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
11389
11390     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
11391         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
11392         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
11393
11394     GetDefaultMarginWidth = staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth)
11395     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
11396         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool"""
11397         return _core_.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
11398
11399     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
11400         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)"""
11401         return _core_.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
11402
11403     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
11404         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)"""
11405         return _core_.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
11406
11407     Accel = property(GetAccel,SetAccel,doc="See `GetAccel` and `SetAccel`")
11408     BackgroundColour = property(GetBackgroundColour,SetBackgroundColour,doc="See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`")
11409     Bitmap = property(GetBitmap,SetBitmap,doc="See `GetBitmap` and `SetBitmap`")
11410     DisabledBitmap = property(GetDisabledBitmap,SetDisabledBitmap,doc="See `GetDisabledBitmap` and `SetDisabledBitmap`")
11411     Font = property(GetFont,SetFont,doc="See `GetFont` and `SetFont`")
11412     Help = property(GetHelp,SetHelp,doc="See `GetHelp` and `SetHelp`")
11413     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
11414     Kind = property(GetKind,SetKind,doc="See `GetKind` and `SetKind`")
11415     Label = property(GetLabel,doc="See `GetLabel`")
11416     MarginWidth = property(GetMarginWidth,SetMarginWidth,doc="See `GetMarginWidth` and `SetMarginWidth`")
11417     Menu = property(GetMenu,SetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu` and `SetMenu`")
11418     SubMenu = property(GetSubMenu,SetSubMenu,doc="See `GetSubMenu` and `SetSubMenu`")
11419     Text = property(GetText,SetText,doc="See `GetText` and `SetText`")
11420     TextColour = property(GetTextColour,SetTextColour,doc="See `GetTextColour` and `SetTextColour`")
11421 _core_.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItem)
11422
11423 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
11424   """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
11425   return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
11426
11427 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args):
11428   """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
11429   return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args)
11430
11431 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11432
11433 class Control(Window):
11434     """
11435     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'.
11436
11437     A control is generally a small window which processes user input
11438     and/or displays one or more item of data.
11439     """
11440     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11441     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11442     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11443         """
11444         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
11445             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
11446             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control
11447
11448         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass'
11449         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful.
11450         """
11451         _core_.Control_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Control(*args, **kwargs))
11452         self._setOORInfo(self)
11453
11454     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
11455         """
11456         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
11457             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
11458             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool
11459
11460         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control.
11461         """
11462         return _core_.Control_Create(*args, **kwargs)
11463
11464     def GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs):
11465         """
11466         GetAlignment(self) -> int
11467
11468         Get the control alignment (left/right/centre, top/bottom/centre)
11469         """
11470         return _core_.Control_GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs)
11471
11472     def GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs):
11473         """
11474         GetLabelText(self) -> String
11475
11476         Get just the text of the label, without mnemonic characters ('&')
11477         """
11478         return _core_.Control_GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs)
11479
11480     def Command(*args, **kwargs):
11481         """
11482         Command(self, CommandEvent event)
11483
11484         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.
11485
11486         :see: `wx.CommandEvent`
11487
11488         """
11489         return _core_.Control_Command(*args, **kwargs)
11490
11491     def RemoveMnemonics(*args, **kwargs):
11492         """
11493         RemoveMnemonics(String str) -> String
11494
11495         removes the mnemonics characters
11496         """
11497         return _core_.Control_RemoveMnemonics(*args, **kwargs)
11498
11499     RemoveMnemonics = staticmethod(RemoveMnemonics)
11500     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
11501         """
11502         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
11503
11504         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
11505         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
11506         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
11507         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
11508         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
11509
11510         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
11511         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
11512         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
11513         this.
11514         """
11515         return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
11516
11517     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
11518     Alignment = property(GetAlignment,doc="See `GetAlignment`")
11519     LabelText = property(GetLabelText,doc="See `GetLabelText`")
11520 _core_.Control_swigregister(Control)
11521 ControlNameStr = cvar.ControlNameStr
11522
11523 def PreControl(*args, **kwargs):
11524     """
11525     PreControl() -> Control
11526
11527     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation
11528     """
11529     val = _core_.new_PreControl(*args, **kwargs)
11530     return val
11531
11532 def Control_RemoveMnemonics(*args, **kwargs):
11533   """
11534     Control_RemoveMnemonics(String str) -> String
11535
11536     removes the mnemonics characters
11537     """
11538   return _core_.Control_RemoveMnemonics(*args, **kwargs)
11539
11540 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
11541   """
11542     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
11543
11544     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
11545     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
11546     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
11547     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
11548     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
11549
11550     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
11551     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
11552     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
11553     this.
11554     """
11555   return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
11556
11557 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11558
11559 class ItemContainer(object):
11560     """
11561     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented
11562     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be
11563     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well
11564     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from
11565     this one.
11566
11567     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although
11568     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still
11569     all conform to the same interface.
11570
11571     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and,
11572     optionally, client data associated with them.
11573
11574     """
11575     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11576     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11577     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11578     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
11579         """
11580         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
11581
11582         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item
11583         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item
11584         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g.
11585         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style).
11586         """
11587         return _core_.ItemContainer_Append(*args, **kwargs)
11588
11589     def AppendItems(*args, **kwargs):
11590         """
11591         AppendItems(self, List strings)
11592
11593         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this
11594         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you
11595         need to add a lot of items.
11596         """
11597         return _core_.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args, **kwargs)
11598
11599     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11600         """
11601         Insert(self, String item, int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
11602
11603         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index,
11604         optionally associating some data object with the item.
11605         """
11606         return _core_.ItemContainer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11607
11608     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
11609         """
11610         Clear(self)
11611
11612         Removes all items from the control.
11613         """
11614         return _core_.ItemContainer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
11615
11616     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
11617         """
11618         Delete(self, int n)
11619
11620         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note
11621         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if
11622         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal
11623         than the number of items in the control.
11624         """
11625         return _core_.ItemContainer_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
11626
11627     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
11628         """
11629         GetClientData(self, int n) -> PyObject
11630
11631         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.)
11632         """
11633         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
11634
11635     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
11636         """
11637         SetClientData(self, int n, PyObject clientData)
11638
11639         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
11640         """
11641         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
11642
11643     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
11644         """
11645         GetCount(self) -> int
11646
11647         Returns the number of items in the control.
11648         """
11649         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
11650
11651     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
11652         """
11653         IsEmpty(self) -> bool
11654
11655         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items.
11656         """
11657         return _core_.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
11658
11659     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
11660         """
11661         GetString(self, int n) -> String
11662
11663         Returns the label of the item with the given index.
11664         """
11665         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
11666
11667     def GetStrings(*args, **kwargs):
11668         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString"""
11669         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args, **kwargs)
11670
11671     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
11672         """
11673         SetString(self, int n, String s)
11674
11675         Sets the label for the given item.
11676         """
11677         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
11678
11679     def FindString(*args, **kwargs):
11680         """
11681         FindString(self, String s) -> int
11682
11683         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the
11684         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not
11685         found.
11686         """
11687         return _core_.ItemContainer_FindString(*args, **kwargs)
11688
11689     def SetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11690         """
11691         SetSelection(self, int n)
11692
11693         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item.
11694         """
11695         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11696
11697     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11698         """
11699         GetSelection(self) -> int
11700
11701         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item
11702         is selected.
11703         """
11704         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11705
11706     def SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11707         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool"""
11708         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11709
11710     def GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11711         """
11712         GetStringSelection(self) -> String
11713
11714         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item
11715         is selected.
11716         """
11717         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11718
11719     def Select(*args, **kwargs):
11720         """
11721         Select(self, int n)
11722
11723         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is
11724         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection.
11725         """
11726         return _core_.ItemContainer_Select(*args, **kwargs)
11727
11728     def GetItems(self):
11729         """Return a list of the strings in the control"""
11730         return [self.GetString(i) for i in xrange(self.GetCount())]
11731
11732     def SetItems(self, items):
11733         """Clear and set the strings in the control from a list"""
11734         self.Clear()
11735         for i in items:
11736             self.Append(i)
11737
11738     Count = property(GetCount,doc="See `GetCount`")
11739     Items = property(GetItems,SetItems,doc="See `GetItems` and `SetItems`")
11740     Selection = property(GetSelection,SetSelection,doc="See `GetSelection` and `SetSelection`")
11741     StringSelection = property(GetStringSelection,SetStringSelection,doc="See `GetStringSelection` and `SetStringSelection`")
11742     Strings = property(GetStrings,doc="See `GetStrings`")
11743 _core_.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainer)
11744
11745 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11746
11747 class ControlWithItems(Control,ItemContainer):
11748     """
11749     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the
11750     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls
11751     that have items.
11752     """
11753     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11754     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11755     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11756 _core_.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItems)
11757
11758 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11759
11760 class SizerFlags(object):
11761     """
11762     Normally, when you add an item to a sizer via `wx.Sizer.Add`, you have
11763     to specify a lot of flags and parameters which can be unwieldy. This
11764     is where wx.SizerFlags comes in: it allows you to specify all
11765     parameters using the named methods instead. For example, instead of::
11766
11767         sizer.Add(ctrl, 0, wx.EXPAND | wx.ALL, 10)
11768
11769     you can now write::
11770
11771         sizer.AddF(ctrl, wx.SizerFlags().Expand().Border(wx.ALL, 10))
11772
11773     This is more readable and also allows you to create wx.SizerFlags
11774     objects which can be reused for several sizer items.::
11775
11776         flagsExpand = wx.SizerFlags(1)
11777         flagsExpand.Expand().Border(wx.ALL, 10)
11778         sizer.AddF(ctrl1, flagsExpand)
11779         sizer.AddF(ctrl2, flagsExpand)
11780
11781     Note that by specification, all methods of wx.SizerFlags return the
11782     wx.SizerFlags object itself allowing chaining multiple method calls
11783     like in the examples above.
11784     """
11785     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11786     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11787     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11788         """
11789         __init__(self, int proportion=0) -> SizerFlags
11790
11791         Constructs the flags object with the specified proportion.
11792         """
11793         _core_.SizerFlags_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerFlags(*args, **kwargs))
11794     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerFlags
11795     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11796     def Proportion(*args, **kwargs):
11797         """
11798         Proportion(self, int proportion) -> SizerFlags
11799
11800         Sets the item's proportion value.
11801         """
11802         return _core_.SizerFlags_Proportion(*args, **kwargs)
11803
11804     def Align(*args, **kwargs):
11805         """
11806         Align(self, int alignment) -> SizerFlags
11807
11808         Sets the item's alignment
11809         """
11810         return _core_.SizerFlags_Align(*args, **kwargs)
11811
11812     def Expand(*args, **kwargs):
11813         """
11814         Expand(self) -> SizerFlags
11815
11816         Sets the wx.EXPAND flag, which will cause the item to be expanded to
11817         fill as much space as it is given by the sizer.
11818         """
11819         return _core_.SizerFlags_Expand(*args, **kwargs)
11820
11821     def Centre(*args, **kwargs):
11822         """
11823         Centre(self) -> SizerFlags
11824
11825         Same as `Center` for those with an alternate dialect of English.
11826         """
11827         return _core_.SizerFlags_Centre(*args, **kwargs)
11828
11829     def Center(*args, **kwargs):
11830         """
11831         Center(self) -> SizerFlags
11832
11833         Sets the centering alignment flags.
11834         """
11835         return _core_.SizerFlags_Center(*args, **kwargs)
11836
11837     def Left(*args, **kwargs):
11838         """
11839         Left(self) -> SizerFlags
11840
11841         Aligns the object to the left, a shortcut for calling
11842         Align(wx.ALIGN_LEFT)
11843         """
11844         return _core_.SizerFlags_Left(*args, **kwargs)
11845
11846     def Right(*args, **kwargs):
11847         """
11848         Right(self) -> SizerFlags
11849
11850         Aligns the object to the right, a shortcut for calling
11851         Align(wx.ALIGN_RIGHT)
11852         """
11853         return _core_.SizerFlags_Right(*args, **kwargs)
11854
11855     def Top(*args, **kwargs):
11856         """
11857         Top(self) -> SizerFlags
11858
11859         Aligns the object to the top of the available space, a shortcut for
11860         calling Align(wx.ALIGN_TOP)
11861         """
11862         return _core_.SizerFlags_Top(*args, **kwargs)
11863
11864     def Bottom(*args, **kwargs):
11865         """
11866         Bottom(self) -> SizerFlags
11867
11868         Aligns the object to the bottom of the available space, a shortcut for
11869         calling Align(wx.ALIGN_BOTTOM)
11870         """
11871         return _core_.SizerFlags_Bottom(*args, **kwargs)
11872
11873     def Shaped(*args, **kwargs):
11874         """
11875         Shaped(self) -> SizerFlags
11876
11877         Sets the wx.SHAPED flag.
11878         """
11879         return _core_.SizerFlags_Shaped(*args, **kwargs)
11880
11881     def FixedMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11882         """
11883         FixedMinSize(self) -> SizerFlags
11884
11885         Sets the wx.FIXED_MINSIZE flag.
11886         """
11887         return _core_.SizerFlags_FixedMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11888
11889     def Border(*args, **kwargs):
11890         """
11891         Border(self, int direction=ALL, int borderInPixels=-1) -> SizerFlags
11892
11893         Sets the border of the item in the direction(s) or sides given by the
11894         direction parameter.  If the borderInPixels value is not given then
11895         the default border size (see `GetDefaultBorder`) will be used.
11896         """
11897         return _core_.SizerFlags_Border(*args, **kwargs)
11898
11899     def DoubleBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11900         """
11901         DoubleBorder(self, int direction=ALL) -> SizerFlags
11902
11903         Sets the border in the given direction to twice the default border
11904         size.
11905         """
11906         return _core_.SizerFlags_DoubleBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11907
11908     def TripleBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11909         """
11910         TripleBorder(self, int direction=ALL) -> SizerFlags
11911
11912         Sets the border in the given direction to three times the default
11913         border size.
11914         """
11915         return _core_.SizerFlags_TripleBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11916
11917     def HorzBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11918         """
11919         HorzBorder(self) -> SizerFlags
11920
11921         Sets the left and right borders to the default border size.
11922         """
11923         return _core_.SizerFlags_HorzBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11924
11925     def DoubleHorzBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11926         """
11927         DoubleHorzBorder(self) -> SizerFlags
11928
11929         Sets the left and right borders to twice the default border size.
11930         """
11931         return _core_.SizerFlags_DoubleHorzBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11932
11933     def GetDefaultBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11934         """
11935         GetDefaultBorder() -> int
11936
11937         Returns the default border size used by the other border methods
11938         """
11939         return _core_.SizerFlags_GetDefaultBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11940
11941     GetDefaultBorder = staticmethod(GetDefaultBorder)
11942     def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
11943         """
11944         GetProportion(self) -> int
11945
11946         Returns the proportion value to be used in the sizer item.
11947         """
11948         return _core_.SizerFlags_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
11949
11950     def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
11951         """
11952         GetFlags(self) -> int
11953
11954         Returns the flags value to be used in the sizer item.
11955         """
11956         return _core_.SizerFlags_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
11957
11958     def GetBorderInPixels(*args, **kwargs):
11959         """
11960         GetBorderInPixels(self) -> int
11961
11962         Returns the border value in pixels to be used in the sizer item.
11963         """
11964         return _core_.SizerFlags_GetBorderInPixels(*args, **kwargs)
11965
11966 _core_.SizerFlags_swigregister(SizerFlags)
11967
11968 def SizerFlags_GetDefaultBorder(*args):
11969   """
11970     SizerFlags_GetDefaultBorder() -> int
11971
11972     Returns the default border size used by the other border methods
11973     """
11974   return _core_.SizerFlags_GetDefaultBorder(*args)
11975
11976 class SizerItem(Object):
11977     """
11978     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other
11979     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. It is not usually
11980     necessary to use this class because the sizer elements can also be
11981     identified by their positions or window or sizer references but
11982     sometimes it may be more convenient to use wx.SizerItem directly.
11983     Also, custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to
11984     use the collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating
11985     layout.
11986
11987     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem`
11988     """
11989     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11990     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11991     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11992         """
11993         __init__(self) -> SizerItem
11994
11995         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
11996         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer.
11997
11998         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they
11999         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend
12000         methods are called.
12001
12002         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer`
12003         """
12004         _core_.SizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
12005     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerItem
12006     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12007     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
12008         """
12009         DeleteWindows(self)
12010
12011         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type
12012         of item.
12013         """
12014         return _core_.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
12015
12016     def DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12017         """
12018         DetachSizer(self)
12019
12020         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
12021         """
12022         return _core_.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12023
12024     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
12025         """
12026         GetSize(self) -> Size
12027
12028         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout.
12029         """
12030         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
12031
12032     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
12033         """
12034         CalcMin(self) -> Size
12035
12036         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space
12037         needed by borders.
12038         """
12039         return _core_.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
12040
12041     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
12042         """
12043         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size)
12044
12045         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the
12046         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or
12047         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into
12048         account.
12049         """
12050         return _core_.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
12051
12052     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
12053         """
12054         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
12055
12056         Get the minimum size needed for the item.
12057         """
12058         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
12059
12060     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs):
12061         """
12062         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size
12063
12064         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders
12065         added, if needed.
12066         """
12067         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs)
12068
12069     def SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs):
12070         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)"""
12071         return _core_.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs)
12072
12073     def SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs):
12074         """
12075         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height)
12076
12077         Set the ratio item attribute.
12078         """
12079         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs)
12080
12081     def SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs):
12082         """
12083         SetRatioSize(self, Size size)
12084
12085         Set the ratio item attribute.
12086         """
12087         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs)
12088
12089     def SetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
12090         """
12091         SetRatio(self, float ratio)
12092
12093         Set the ratio item attribute.
12094         """
12095         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
12096
12097     def GetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
12098         """
12099         GetRatio(self) -> float
12100
12101         Set the ratio item attribute.
12102         """
12103         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
12104
12105     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
12106         """
12107         GetRect(self) -> Rect
12108
12109         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy
12110         """
12111         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
12112
12113     def IsWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12114         """
12115         IsWindow(self) -> bool
12116
12117         Is this sizer item a window?
12118         """
12119         return _core_.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12120
12121     def IsSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12122         """
12123         IsSizer(self) -> bool
12124
12125         Is this sizer item a subsizer?
12126         """
12127         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12128
12129     def IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12130         """
12131         IsSpacer(self) -> bool
12132
12133         Is this sizer item a spacer?
12134         """
12135         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12136
12137     def SetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
12138         """
12139         SetProportion(self, int proportion)
12140
12141         Set the proportion value for this item.
12142         """
12143         return _core_.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
12144
12145     def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
12146         """
12147         GetProportion(self) -> int
12148
12149         Get the proportion value for this item.
12150         """
12151         return _core_.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
12152
12153     SetOption = wx._deprecated(SetProportion, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")
12154     GetOption = wx._deprecated(GetProportion, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")
12155     def SetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
12156         """
12157         SetFlag(self, int flag)
12158
12159         Set the flag value for this item.
12160         """
12161         return _core_.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
12162
12163     def GetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
12164         """
12165         GetFlag(self) -> int
12166
12167         Get the flag value for this item.
12168         """
12169         return _core_.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
12170
12171     def SetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
12172         """
12173         SetBorder(self, int border)
12174
12175         Set the border value for this item.
12176         """
12177         return _core_.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
12178
12179     def GetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
12180         """
12181         GetBorder(self) -> int
12182
12183         Get the border value for this item.
12184         """
12185         return _core_.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
12186
12187     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12188         """
12189         GetWindow(self) -> Window
12190
12191         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
12192         """
12193         return _core_.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12194
12195     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12196         """
12197         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
12198
12199         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
12200         """
12201         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12202
12203     def GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12204         """
12205         GetSpacer(self) -> Size
12206
12207         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item.
12208         """
12209         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12210
12211     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12212         """
12213         SetWindow(self, Window window)
12214
12215         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
12216         """
12217         return _core_.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12218
12219     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12220         """
12221         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
12222
12223         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
12224         """
12225         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12226
12227     def SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12228         """
12229         SetSpacer(self, Size size)
12230
12231         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
12232         """
12233         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12234
12235     SetWindow = wx._deprecated(SetWindow, "Use `AssignWindow` instead.")
12236     SetSizer = wx._deprecated(SetSizer,   "Use `AssignSizer` instead.")
12237     SetSpacer = wx._deprecated(SetSpacer, "Use `AssignSpacer` instead.")
12238
12239     def AssignWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12240         """
12241         AssignWindow(self, Window window)
12242
12243         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
12244         """
12245         return _core_.SizerItem_AssignWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12246
12247     def AssignSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12248         """
12249         AssignSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
12250
12251         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
12252         """
12253         return _core_.SizerItem_AssignSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12254
12255     def AssignSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12256         """
12257         AssignSpacer(self, Size size)
12258
12259         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
12260         """
12261         return _core_.SizerItem_AssignSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12262
12263     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
12264         """
12265         Show(self, bool show)
12266
12267         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item
12268         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a
12269         window then it is shown or hidden as needed.
12270         """
12271         return _core_.SizerItem_Show(*args, **kwargs)
12272
12273     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
12274         """
12275         IsShown(self) -> bool
12276
12277         Is the item to be shown in the layout?
12278         """
12279         return _core_.SizerItem_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
12280
12281     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
12282         """
12283         GetPosition(self) -> Point
12284
12285         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout.
12286         """
12287         return _core_.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
12288
12289     def GetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
12290         """
12291         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject
12292
12293         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there
12294         isn't any.
12295         """
12296         return _core_.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
12297
12298     def SetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
12299         """
12300         SetUserData(self, PyObject userData)
12301
12302         Associate a Python object with this sizer item.
12303         """
12304         return _core_.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
12305
12306     Border = property(GetBorder,SetBorder,doc="See `GetBorder` and `SetBorder`")
12307     Flag = property(GetFlag,SetFlag,doc="See `GetFlag` and `SetFlag`")
12308     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize`")
12309     MinSizeWithBorder = property(GetMinSizeWithBorder,doc="See `GetMinSizeWithBorder`")
12310     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
12311     Proportion = property(GetProportion,SetProportion,doc="See `GetProportion` and `SetProportion`")
12312     Ratio = property(GetRatio,SetRatio,doc="See `GetRatio` and `SetRatio`")
12313     Rect = property(GetRect,doc="See `GetRect`")
12314     Size = property(GetSize,doc="See `GetSize`")
12315     Sizer = property(GetSizer,AssignSizer,doc="See `GetSizer` and `AssignSizer`")
12316     Spacer = property(GetSpacer,AssignSpacer,doc="See `GetSpacer` and `AssignSpacer`")
12317     UserData = property(GetUserData,SetUserData,doc="See `GetUserData` and `SetUserData`")
12318     Window = property(GetWindow,AssignWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `AssignWindow`")
12319 _core_.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItem)
12320
12321 def SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12322     """
12323     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,
12324         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
12325
12326     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window.
12327     """
12328     val = _core_.new_SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12329     return val
12330
12331 def SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12332     """
12333     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,
12334         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
12335
12336     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer.
12337     """
12338     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12339     return val
12340
12341 def SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12342     """
12343     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,
12344         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
12345
12346     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer
12347     """
12348     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12349     return val
12350
12351 class Sizer(Object):
12352     """
12353     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in
12354     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to
12355     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`,
12356     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`, `wx.FlexGridSizer` and
12357     `wx.GridBagSizer`.
12358
12359     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to
12360     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK
12361     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual
12362     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to
12363     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will
12364     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of
12365     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and
12366     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in
12367     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls,
12368     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be
12369     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus
12370     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources
12371     compared to a real window on screen.
12372
12373     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that
12374     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can
12375     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item)
12376     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the
12377     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires
12378     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a
12379     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows.
12380     """
12381     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12382     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
12383     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12384     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Sizer
12385     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12386     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
12387         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)"""
12388         return _core_.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
12389
12390     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
12391         """
12392         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
12393             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
12394
12395         Appends a child item to the sizer.
12396         """
12397         return _core_.Sizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
12398
12399     def AddF(*args, **kwargs):
12400         """
12401         AddF(self, item, wx.SizerFlags flags) -> wx.SizerItem
12402
12403         Similar to `Add` but uses the `wx.SizerFlags` convenience class for
12404         setting the various flags, options and borders.
12405         """
12406         return _core_.Sizer_AddF(*args, **kwargs)
12407
12408     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
12409         """
12410         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
12411             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
12412
12413         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before
12414         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
12415         """
12416         return _core_.Sizer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
12417
12418     def InsertF(*args, **kwargs):
12419         """
12420         InsertF(self, int before, item, wx.SizerFlags flags) -> wx.SizerItem
12421
12422         Similar to `Insert`, but uses the `wx.SizerFlags` convenience class
12423         for setting the various flags, options and borders.
12424         """
12425         return _core_.Sizer_InsertF(*args, **kwargs)
12426
12427     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
12428         """
12429         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
12430             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
12431
12432         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by
12433         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
12434         """
12435         return _core_.Sizer_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
12436
12437     def PrependF(*args, **kwargs):
12438         """
12439         PrependF(self, item, wx.SizerFlags flags) -> wx.SizerItem
12440
12441         Similar to `Prepend` but uses the `wx.SizerFlags` convenience class
12442         for setting the various flags, options and borders.
12443         """
12444         return _core_.Sizer_PrependF(*args, **kwargs)
12445
12446     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
12447         """
12448         Remove(self, item) -> bool
12449
12450         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not
12451         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update
12452         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The
12453         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based
12454         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found
12455         and removed.
12456         """
12457         return _core_.Sizer_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
12458
12459     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
12460         """
12461         Detach(self, item) -> bool
12462
12463         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method
12464         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to
12465         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
12466         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item
12467         was found and detached.
12468         """
12469         return _core_.Sizer_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
12470
12471     def GetItem(*args, **kwargs):
12472         """
12473         GetItem(self, item, recursive=False) -> wx.SizerItem
12474
12475         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item*
12476         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
12477         the item to be found.
12478         """
12479         return _core_.Sizer_GetItem(*args, **kwargs)
12480
12481     def _SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
12482         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)"""
12483         return _core_.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
12484
12485     def _ReplaceWin(*args, **kwargs):
12486         """_ReplaceWin(self, Window oldwin, Window newwin, bool recursive=False) -> bool"""
12487         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceWin(*args, **kwargs)
12488
12489     def _ReplaceSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12490         """_ReplaceSizer(self, Sizer oldsz, Sizer newsz, bool recursive=False) -> bool"""
12491         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12492
12493     def _ReplaceItem(*args, **kwargs):
12494         """_ReplaceItem(self, size_t index, SizerItem newitem) -> bool"""
12495         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceItem(*args, **kwargs)
12496
12497     def Replace(self, olditem, item, recursive=False):
12498         """
12499         Detaches the given ``olditem`` from the sizer and replaces it with
12500         ``item`` which can be a window, sizer, or `wx.SizerItem`.  The
12501         detached child is destroyed only if it is not a window, (because
12502         windows are owned by their parent, not the sizer.)  The
12503         ``recursive`` parameter can be used to search for the given
12504         element recursivly in subsizers.
12505
12506         This method does not cause any layout or resizing to take place,
12507         call `Layout` to do so.
12508
12509         Returns ``True`` if the child item was found and removed.
12510         """
12511         if isinstance(olditem, wx.Window):
12512             return self._ReplaceWin(olditem, item, recursive)
12513         elif isinstance(olditem, wx.Sizer):
12514             return self._ReplaceSizer(olditem, item, recursive)
12515         elif isinstance(olditem, int):
12516             return self._ReplaceItem(olditem, item)
12517         else:
12518             raise TypeError("Expected Window, Sizer, or integer for first parameter.")
12519
12520     def SetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12521         """
12522         SetContainingWindow(self, Window window)
12523
12524         Set (or unset) the window this sizer is used in.
12525         """
12526         return _core_.Sizer_SetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12527
12528     def GetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12529         """
12530         GetContainingWindow(self) -> Window
12531
12532         Get the window this sizer is used in.
12533         """
12534         return _core_.Sizer_GetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12535
12536     def SetItemMinSize(self, item, *args):
12537         """
12538         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size)
12539
12540         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer.
12541         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
12542         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it
12543         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary.
12544         """
12545         if len(args) == 2:
12546             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too
12547             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args)
12548         else:
12549             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args[0])
12550
12551     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
12552         """
12553         AddItem(self, SizerItem item)
12554
12555         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
12556         """
12557         return _core_.Sizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
12558
12559     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
12560         """
12561         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item)
12562
12563         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*.
12564         """
12565         return _core_.Sizer_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
12566
12567     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
12568         """
12569         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item)
12570
12571         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
12572         """
12573         return _core_.Sizer_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
12574
12575     def AddMany(self, items):
12576         """
12577         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items
12578         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples,
12579         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you
12580         would normally pass to the `Add` method.
12581         """
12582         for item in items:
12583             if type(item) != type(()) or (len(item) == 2 and type(item[0]) == type(1)):
12584                 item = (item, )
12585             self.Add(*item)
12586
12587     def AddSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
12588         """AddSpacer(int size) --> SizerItem
12589
12590         Add a spacer that is (size,size) pixels.
12591         """
12592         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
12593             return self.Add( (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
12594         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old AddSpacer
12595             return self.Add(*args, **kw)
12596     def PrependSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
12597         """PrependSpacer(int size) --> SizerItem
12598
12599         Prepend a spacer that is (size, size) pixels."""
12600         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
12601             return self.Prepend( (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
12602         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old PrependSpacer
12603             return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
12604     def InsertSpacer(self, index, *args, **kw):
12605         """InsertSpacer(int index, int size) --> SizerItem
12606
12607         Insert a spacer at position index that is (size, size) pixels."""
12608         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
12609             return self.Insert( index, (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
12610         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old InsertSpacer
12611             return self.Insert(index, *args, **kw)
12612
12613
12614     def AddStretchSpacer(self, prop=1):
12615         """AddStretchSpacer(int prop=1) --> SizerItem
12616
12617         Add a stretchable spacer."""
12618         return self.Add((0,0), prop)
12619     def PrependStretchSpacer(self, prop=1):
12620         """PrependStretchSpacer(int prop=1) --> SizerItem
12621
12622         Prepend a stretchable spacer."""
12623         return self.Prepend((0,0), prop)
12624     def InsertStretchSpacer(self, index, prop=1):
12625         """InsertStretchSpacer(int index, int prop=1) --> SizerItem
12626
12627         Insert a stretchable spacer."""
12628         return self.Insert(index, (0,0), prop)
12629
12630
12631     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code
12632     def AddWindow(self, *args, **kw):
12633         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
12634         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
12635     def AddSizer(self, *args, **kw):
12636         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
12637         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
12638
12639     def PrependWindow(self, *args, **kw):
12640         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
12641         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
12642     def PrependSizer(self, *args, **kw):
12643         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
12644         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
12645
12646     def InsertWindow(self, *args, **kw):
12647         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
12648         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
12649     def InsertSizer(self, *args, **kw):
12650         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
12651         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
12652
12653     def RemoveWindow(self, *args, **kw):
12654         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
12655         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
12656     def RemoveSizer(self, *args, **kw):
12657         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
12658         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
12659     def RemovePos(self, *args, **kw):
12660         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
12661         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
12662
12663
12664     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
12665         """
12666         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)
12667
12668         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus
12669         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to
12670         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend`
12671         methods.
12672         """
12673         return _core_.Sizer_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
12674
12675     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
12676         """
12677         SetMinSize(self, Size size)
12678
12679         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will
12680         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children
12681         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the
12682         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set
12683         here, depending on which is bigger.
12684         """
12685         return _core_.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
12686
12687     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
12688         """
12689         GetSize(self) -> Size
12690
12691         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer.
12692         """
12693         return _core_.Sizer_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
12694
12695     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
12696         """
12697         GetPosition(self) -> Point
12698
12699         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space.
12700         """
12701         return _core_.Sizer_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
12702
12703     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
12704         """
12705         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
12706
12707         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined
12708         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size
12709         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger.
12710         """
12711         return _core_.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
12712
12713     def GetSizeTuple(self):
12714         return self.GetSize().Get()
12715     def GetPositionTuple(self):
12716         return self.GetPosition().Get()
12717     def GetMinSizeTuple(self):
12718         return self.GetMinSize().Get()
12719
12720     def RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs):
12721         """
12722         RecalcSizes(self)
12723
12724         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the
12725         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as
12726         it is called by `Layout`.
12727         """
12728         return _core_.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs)
12729
12730     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
12731         """
12732         CalcMin(self) -> Size
12733
12734         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its
12735         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as
12736         it is called by `Layout`.
12737         """
12738         return _core_.Sizer_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
12739
12740     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
12741         """
12742         Layout(self)
12743
12744         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items
12745         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the
12746         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's
12747         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when
12748         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or
12749         removed.
12750         """
12751         return _core_.Sizer_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
12752
12753     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
12754         """
12755         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size
12756
12757         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal
12758         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in
12759         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as
12760         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size.
12761
12762         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size.
12763         """
12764         return _core_.Sizer_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
12765
12766     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
12767         """
12768         FitInside(self, Window window)
12769
12770         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the
12771         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the
12772         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars
12773         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it.
12774
12775         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints`
12776
12777         """
12778         return _core_.Sizer_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
12779
12780     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
12781         """
12782         SetSizeHints(self, Window window)
12783
12784         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to
12785         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the
12786         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are
12787         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order
12788         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size
12789         required by the sizer.
12790         """
12791         return _core_.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
12792
12793     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
12794         """
12795         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window)
12796
12797         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to
12798         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars
12799         this will set them appropriately.
12800
12801         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`
12802
12803         """
12804         return _core_.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
12805
12806     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
12807         """
12808         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False)
12809
12810         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items
12811         as well.
12812         """
12813         return _core_.Sizer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
12814
12815     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
12816         """
12817         DeleteWindows(self)
12818
12819         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer.
12820         """
12821         return _core_.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
12822
12823     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
12824         """
12825         GetChildren(self) -> list
12826
12827         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer.
12828         """
12829         return _core_.Sizer_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
12830
12831     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
12832         """
12833         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool
12834
12835         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item
12836         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
12837         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
12838         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a
12839         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found.
12840         """
12841         return _core_.Sizer_Show(*args, **kwargs)
12842
12843     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
12844         """
12845         IsShown(self, item)
12846
12847         Determines if the item is currently shown. To make a sizer
12848         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
12849         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
12850         the item.
12851         """
12852         return _core_.Sizer_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
12853
12854     def Hide(self, item, recursive=False):
12855         """
12856         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive).
12857         """
12858         return self.Show(item, False, recursive)
12859
12860     def ShowItems(*args, **kwargs):
12861         """
12862         ShowItems(self, bool show)
12863
12864         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items.
12865         """
12866         return _core_.Sizer_ShowItems(*args, **kwargs)
12867
12868     Children = property(GetChildren,doc="See `GetChildren`")
12869     ContainingWindow = property(GetContainingWindow,SetContainingWindow,doc="See `GetContainingWindow` and `SetContainingWindow`")
12870     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,SetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`")
12871     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
12872     Size = property(GetSize,doc="See `GetSize`")
12873 _core_.Sizer_swigregister(Sizer)
12874
12875 class PySizer(Sizer):
12876     """
12877     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been
12878     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in
12879     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are
12880     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement
12881     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set.
12882     For example::
12883
12884         class MySizer(wx.PySizer):
12885              def __init__(self):
12886                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self)
12887
12888              def CalcMin(self):
12889                  for item in self.GetChildren():
12890                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed
12891                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's
12892                       # layout algorithm.
12893                       ...
12894                  return wx.Size(width, height)
12895
12896               def RecalcSizes(self):
12897                   # find the space allotted to this sizer
12898                   pos = self.GetPosition()
12899                   size = self.GetSize()
12900                   for item in self.GetChildren():
12901                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of
12902                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the
12903                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the
12904                       # space alloted to this sizer.
12905                       ...
12906                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize)
12907
12908
12909     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by
12910     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of
12911     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`.
12912
12913     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren`
12914
12915
12916     """
12917     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12918     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12919     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12920         """
12921         __init__(self) -> PySizer
12922
12923         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived
12924         class.
12925         """
12926         _core_.PySizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PySizer(*args, **kwargs))
12927         self._setOORInfo(self);PySizer._setCallbackInfo(self, self, PySizer)
12928
12929     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
12930         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
12931         return _core_.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
12932
12933 _core_.PySizer_swigregister(PySizer)
12934
12935 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12936
12937 class BoxSizer(Sizer):
12938     """
12939     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be
12940     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a
12941     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out
12942     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation
12943     parameter passed to the constructor.
12944     """
12945     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12946     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12947     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12948         """
12949         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer
12950
12951         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL``
12952         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row
12953         sizer.
12954         """
12955         _core_.BoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12956         self._setOORInfo(self)
12957
12958     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
12959         """
12960         GetOrientation(self) -> int
12961
12962         Returns the current orientation of the sizer.
12963         """
12964         return _core_.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
12965
12966     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
12967         """
12968         SetOrientation(self, int orient)
12969
12970         Resets the orientation of the sizer.
12971         """
12972         return _core_.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
12973
12974     def IsVertical(*args, **kwargs):
12975         """IsVertical(self) -> bool"""
12976         return _core_.BoxSizer_IsVertical(*args, **kwargs)
12977
12978     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
12979 _core_.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizer)
12980
12981 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12982
12983 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer):
12984     """
12985     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the
12986     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer
12987     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and
12988     passed to the sizer constructor.
12989     """
12990     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12991     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12992     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12993         """
12994         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer
12995
12996         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation
12997         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or
12998         ``wx.HORIZONTAL``.
12999         """
13000         _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
13001         self._setOORInfo(self)
13002
13003     def GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs):
13004         """
13005         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox
13006
13007         Returns the static box associated with this sizer.
13008         """
13009         return _core_.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs)
13010
13011     StaticBox = property(GetStaticBox,doc="See `GetStaticBox`")
13012 _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizer)
13013
13014 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
13015
13016 class GridSizer(Sizer):
13017     """
13018     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
13019     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other
13020     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the
13021     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the
13022     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal
13023     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.)
13024
13025     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added,
13026     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first,
13027     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If
13028     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you
13029     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in
13030     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`.
13031
13032     """
13033     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13034     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13035     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13036         """
13037         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer
13038
13039         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number
13040         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is
13041         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
13042         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
13043         define extra space between all children.
13044         """
13045         _core_.GridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
13046         self._setOORInfo(self)
13047
13048     def SetCols(*args, **kwargs):
13049         """
13050         SetCols(self, int cols)
13051
13052         Sets the number of columns in the sizer.
13053         """
13054         return _core_.GridSizer_SetCols(*args, **kwargs)
13055
13056     def SetRows(*args, **kwargs):
13057         """
13058         SetRows(self, int rows)
13059
13060         Sets the number of rows in the sizer.
13061         """
13062         return _core_.GridSizer_SetRows(*args, **kwargs)
13063
13064     def SetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
13065         """
13066         SetVGap(self, int gap)
13067
13068         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
13069         """
13070         return _core_.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
13071
13072     def SetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
13073         """
13074         SetHGap(self, int gap)
13075
13076         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer
13077         """
13078         return _core_.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
13079
13080     def GetCols(*args, **kwargs):
13081         """
13082         GetCols(self) -> int
13083
13084         Returns the number of columns in the sizer.
13085         """
13086         return _core_.GridSizer_GetCols(*args, **kwargs)
13087
13088     def GetRows(*args, **kwargs):
13089         """
13090         GetRows(self) -> int
13091
13092         Returns the number of rows in the sizer.
13093         """
13094         return _core_.GridSizer_GetRows(*args, **kwargs)
13095
13096     def GetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
13097         """
13098         GetVGap(self) -> int
13099
13100         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
13101         """
13102         return _core_.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
13103
13104     def GetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
13105         """
13106         GetHGap(self) -> int
13107
13108         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer.
13109         """
13110         return _core_.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
13111
13112     def CalcRowsCols(self):
13113         """
13114         CalcRowsCols() -> (rows, cols)
13115
13116         Calculates how many rows and columns will be in the sizer based
13117         on the current number of items and also the rows, cols specified
13118         in the constructor.
13119         """
13120         nitems = len(self.GetChildren())
13121         rows = self.GetRows()
13122         cols = self.GetCols()
13123         assert rows != 0 or cols != 0, "Grid sizer must have either rows or columns fixed"
13124         if cols != 0:
13125             rows = (nitems + cols - 1) / cols
13126         elif rows != 0:
13127             cols = (nitems + rows - 1) / rows
13128         return (rows, cols)
13129
13130     Cols = property(GetCols,SetCols,doc="See `GetCols` and `SetCols`")
13131     HGap = property(GetHGap,SetHGap,doc="See `GetHGap` and `SetHGap`")
13132     Rows = property(GetRows,SetRows,doc="See `GetRows` and `SetRows`")
13133     VGap = property(GetVGap,SetVGap,doc="See `GetVGap` and `SetVGap`")
13134 _core_.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizer)
13135
13136 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
13137
13138 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
13139 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
13140 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
13141 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer):
13142     """
13143     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
13144     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same
13145     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all
13146     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in
13147     the `wx.GridSizer`.
13148
13149     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but
13150     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible
13151     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it
13152     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non
13153     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The
13154     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose.
13155
13156
13157     """
13158     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13159     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13160     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13161         """
13162         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer
13163
13164         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the
13165         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters
13166         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
13167         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
13168         define extra space between all children.
13169         """
13170         _core_.FlexGridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FlexGridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
13171         self._setOORInfo(self)
13172
13173     def AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
13174         """
13175         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
13176
13177         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there
13178         is extra space available to the sizer.
13179
13180         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
13181         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
13182         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
13183         """
13184         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
13185
13186     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
13187         """
13188         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx)
13189
13190         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable.
13191         """
13192         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
13193
13194     def AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
13195         """
13196         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
13197
13198         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if
13199         there is extra space available to the sizer.
13200
13201         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
13202         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
13203         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
13204         """
13205         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
13206
13207     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
13208         """
13209         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx)
13210
13211         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable.
13212         """
13213         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
13214
13215     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
13216         """
13217         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction)
13218
13219         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows,
13220         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any
13221         other value is ignored.
13222
13223             ==============    =======================================
13224             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized.
13225             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized.
13226             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized
13227                               (this is the default value).
13228             ==============    =======================================
13229
13230         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
13231
13232         """
13233         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
13234
13235     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
13236         """
13237         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int
13238
13239         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer
13240         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default).
13241
13242         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection`
13243         """
13244         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
13245
13246     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
13247         """
13248         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode)
13249
13250         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if
13251         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called
13252         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values:
13253
13254             ==========================  =================================================
13255             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction.
13256             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with
13257                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this
13258                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of
13259                                         columns or rows (this is the default value).
13260             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in
13261                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are
13262                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction.
13263             ==========================  =================================================
13264
13265         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
13266         """
13267         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
13268
13269     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
13270         """
13271         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int
13272
13273         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the
13274         non-flexible direction if there is one.
13275
13276         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`
13277         """
13278         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
13279
13280     def GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs):
13281         """
13282         GetRowHeights(self) -> list
13283
13284         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the
13285         rows in the sizer.
13286         """
13287         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs)
13288
13289     def GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs):
13290         """
13291         GetColWidths(self) -> list
13292
13293         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the
13294         columns in the sizer.
13295         """
13296         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs)
13297
13298     ColWidths = property(GetColWidths,doc="See `GetColWidths`")
13299     FlexibleDirection = property(GetFlexibleDirection,SetFlexibleDirection,doc="See `GetFlexibleDirection` and `SetFlexibleDirection`")
13300     NonFlexibleGrowMode = property(GetNonFlexibleGrowMode,SetNonFlexibleGrowMode,doc="See `GetNonFlexibleGrowMode` and `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`")
13301     RowHeights = property(GetRowHeights,doc="See `GetRowHeights`")
13302 _core_.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizer)
13303
13304 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer):
13305     """
13306     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons
13307     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply
13308     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the
13309     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer
13310     will take care of the rest.
13311
13312     """
13313     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13314     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13315     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13316         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer"""
13317         _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args, **kwargs))
13318     def AddButton(*args, **kwargs):
13319         """
13320         AddButton(self, wxButton button)
13321
13322         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add`
13323         method in the base class.
13324         """
13325         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args, **kwargs)
13326
13327     def Realize(*args, **kwargs):
13328         """
13329         Realize(self)
13330
13331         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added
13332         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform
13333         specifc manner.
13334         """
13335         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args, **kwargs)
13336
13337     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
13338         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
13339         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
13340
13341     def SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
13342         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
13343         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
13344
13345     def SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
13346         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)"""
13347         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
13348
13349     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
13350         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
13351         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
13352
13353     def GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs):
13354         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton"""
13355         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs)
13356
13357     def GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
13358         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
13359         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
13360
13361     def GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
13362         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton"""
13363         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
13364
13365     def GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs):
13366         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton"""
13367         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs)
13368
13369     AffirmativeButton = property(GetAffirmativeButton,SetAffirmativeButton,doc="See `GetAffirmativeButton` and `SetAffirmativeButton`")
13370     ApplyButton = property(GetApplyButton,doc="See `GetApplyButton`")
13371     CancelButton = property(GetCancelButton,SetCancelButton,doc="See `GetCancelButton` and `SetCancelButton`")
13372     HelpButton = property(GetHelpButton,doc="See `GetHelpButton`")
13373     NegativeButton = property(GetNegativeButton,SetNegativeButton,doc="See `GetNegativeButton` and `SetNegativeButton`")
13374 _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizer)
13375
13376 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
13377
13378 class GBPosition(object):
13379     """
13380     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
13381     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
13382     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
13383     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
13384     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
13385     """
13386     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13387     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13388     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13389         """
13390         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition
13391
13392         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
13393         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
13394         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
13395         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
13396         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
13397         """
13398         _core_.GBPosition_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBPosition(*args, **kwargs))
13399     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBPosition
13400     __del__ = lambda self : None;
13401     def GetRow(*args, **kwargs):
13402         """GetRow(self) -> int"""
13403         return _core_.GBPosition_GetRow(*args, **kwargs)
13404
13405     def GetCol(*args, **kwargs):
13406         """GetCol(self) -> int"""
13407         return _core_.GBPosition_GetCol(*args, **kwargs)
13408
13409     def SetRow(*args, **kwargs):
13410         """SetRow(self, int row)"""
13411         return _core_.GBPosition_SetRow(*args, **kwargs)
13412
13413     def SetCol(*args, **kwargs):
13414         """SetCol(self, int col)"""
13415         return _core_.GBPosition_SetCol(*args, **kwargs)
13416
13417     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
13418         """
13419         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
13420
13421         Compare GBPosition for equality.
13422         """
13423         return _core_.GBPosition___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
13424
13425     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
13426         """
13427         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
13428
13429         Compare GBPosition for inequality.
13430         """
13431         return _core_.GBPosition___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
13432
13433     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
13434         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)"""
13435         return _core_.GBPosition_Set(*args, **kwargs)
13436
13437     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
13438         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
13439         return _core_.GBPosition_Get(*args, **kwargs)
13440
13441     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
13442     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
13443     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self.Get())
13444     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
13445     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
13446     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
13447         if index == 0: self.SetRow(val)
13448         elif index == 1: self.SetCol(val)
13449         else: raise IndexError
13450     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
13451     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
13452     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBPosition, self.Get())
13453
13454     row = property(GetRow, SetRow)
13455     col = property(GetCol, SetCol)
13456
13457 _core_.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPosition)
13458
13459 class GBSpan(object):
13460     """
13461     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of
13462     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will
13463     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a
13464     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span
13465     nearly transparently in Python code.
13466
13467     """
13468     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13469     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13470     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13471         """
13472         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan
13473
13474         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and
13475         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one
13476         cell in each direction.
13477         """
13478         _core_.GBSpan_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSpan(*args, **kwargs))
13479     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSpan
13480     __del__ = lambda self : None;
13481     def GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
13482         """GetRowspan(self) -> int"""
13483         return _core_.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
13484
13485     def GetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
13486         """GetColspan(self) -> int"""
13487         return _core_.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
13488
13489     def SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
13490         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)"""
13491         return _core_.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
13492
13493     def SetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
13494         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)"""
13495         return _core_.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
13496
13497     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
13498         """
13499         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
13500
13501         Compare wxGBSpan for equality.
13502         """
13503         return _core_.GBSpan___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
13504
13505     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
13506         """
13507         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
13508
13509         Compare GBSpan for inequality.
13510         """
13511         return _core_.GBSpan___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
13512
13513     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
13514         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)"""
13515         return _core_.GBSpan_Set(*args, **kwargs)
13516
13517     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
13518         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
13519         return _core_.GBSpan_Get(*args, **kwargs)
13520
13521     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
13522     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
13523     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self.Get())
13524     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
13525     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
13526     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
13527         if index == 0: self.SetRowspan(val)
13528         elif index == 1: self.SetColspan(val)
13529         else: raise IndexError
13530     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
13531     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
13532     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBSpan, self.Get())
13533
13534     rowspan = property(GetRowspan, SetRowspan)
13535     colspan = property(GetColspan, SetColspan)
13536
13537 _core_.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpan)
13538
13539 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem):
13540     """
13541     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about
13542     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid
13543     and how many rows or columns it spans.
13544
13545     """
13546     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13547     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13548     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13549         """
13550         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem
13551
13552         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
13553         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this
13554         item can be used in a Sizer.
13555
13556         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they
13557         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called.
13558         """
13559         _core_.GBSizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
13560     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSizerItem
13561     __del__ = lambda self : None;
13562     def GetPos(*args, **kwargs):
13563         """
13564         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition
13565
13566         Get the grid position of the item
13567         """
13568         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args, **kwargs)
13569
13570     def GetPosTuple(self): return self.GetPos().Get()
13571     def GetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
13572         """
13573         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan
13574
13575         Get the row and column spanning of the item
13576         """
13577         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
13578
13579     def GetSpanTuple(self): return self.GetSpan().Get()
13580     def SetPos(*args, **kwargs):
13581         """
13582         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool
13583
13584         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
13585         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new
13586         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is
13587         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved.
13588         """
13589         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args, **kwargs)
13590
13591     def SetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
13592         """
13593         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool
13594
13595         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
13596         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new
13597         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change
13598         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized.
13599
13600         """
13601         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
13602
13603     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
13604         """
13605         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool
13606
13607         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect.
13608         """
13609         return _core_.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
13610
13611     def IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs):
13612         """
13613         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool
13614
13615         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item.
13616         """
13617         return _core_.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs)
13618
13619     def GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs):
13620         """
13621         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition
13622
13623         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item.
13624         """
13625         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs)
13626
13627     def GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
13628         """
13629         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer
13630
13631         Get the sizer this item is a member of.
13632         """
13633         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
13634
13635     def SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
13636         """
13637         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer)
13638
13639         Set the sizer this item is a member of.
13640         """
13641         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
13642
13643     EndPos = property(GetEndPos,doc="See `GetEndPos`")
13644     GBSizer = property(GetGBSizer,SetGBSizer,doc="See `GetGBSizer` and `SetGBSizer`")
13645     Pos = property(GetPos,SetPos,doc="See `GetPos` and `SetPos`")
13646     Span = property(GetSpan,SetSpan,doc="See `GetSpan` and `SetSpan`")
13647 _core_.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItem)
13648 DefaultSpan = cvar.DefaultSpan
13649
13650 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
13651     """
13652     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
13653         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
13654
13655     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window.
13656     """
13657     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
13658     return val
13659
13660 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
13661     """
13662     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
13663         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
13664
13665     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer
13666     """
13667     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
13668     return val
13669
13670 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
13671     """
13672     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,
13673         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
13674
13675     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer.
13676     """
13677     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
13678     return val
13679
13680 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer):
13681     """
13682     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a
13683     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items
13684     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more
13685     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the
13686     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are
13687     positioned at, adjusted for spanning.
13688
13689     """
13690     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13691     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13692     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13693         """
13694         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer
13695
13696         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the
13697         rows and columns.
13698         """
13699         _core_.GridBagSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridBagSizer(*args, **kwargs))
13700         self._setOORInfo(self)
13701
13702     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
13703         """
13704         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0,
13705         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem
13706
13707         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning
13708         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining
13709         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`.
13710
13711         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell
13712         position, False if something was already there.
13713
13714         """
13715         return _core_.GridBagSizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
13716
13717     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
13718         """
13719         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem
13720
13721         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if
13722         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if
13723         something was already there.
13724         """
13725         return _core_.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
13726
13727     def GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
13728         """
13729         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size
13730
13731         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and
13732         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout.
13733         """
13734         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
13735
13736     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
13737         """
13738         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size
13739
13740         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
13741         """
13742         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
13743
13744     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
13745         """
13746         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz)
13747
13748         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
13749         """
13750         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
13751
13752     def GetItemPosition(*args):
13753         """
13754         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition
13755
13756         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
13757         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
13758         index of an item.
13759         """
13760         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args)
13761
13762     def SetItemPosition(*args):
13763         """
13764         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool
13765
13766         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
13767         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
13768         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not
13769         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
13770
13771         """
13772         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args)
13773
13774     def GetItemSpan(*args):
13775         """
13776         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan
13777
13778         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
13779         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
13780         zero-based index of an item.
13781         """
13782         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args)
13783
13784     def SetItemSpan(*args):
13785         """
13786         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool
13787
13788         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
13789         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
13790         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is
13791         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
13792         """
13793         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args)
13794
13795     def FindItem(*args):
13796         """
13797         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem
13798
13799         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if
13800         not found. (non-recursive)
13801         """
13802         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args)
13803
13804     def GetItem(self, item):
13805         gbsi = None
13806         si = wx.FlexGridSizer.GetItem(self, item)
13807         if not si:
13808             return None
13809         if type(item) is not int:
13810             gbsi = self.FindItem(item)
13811         if gbsi: return gbsi
13812         return si
13813
13814     def FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs):
13815         """
13816         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem
13817
13818         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no
13819         item at that position. (non-recursive)
13820         """
13821         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs)
13822
13823     def FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
13824         """
13825         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem
13826
13827         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if
13828         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond
13829         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for
13830         layout. (non-recursive)
13831         """
13832         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
13833
13834     def CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
13835         """
13836         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
13837
13838         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
13839         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap.
13840         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for
13841         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
13842         position of.
13843
13844         """
13845         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
13846
13847     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs):
13848         """
13849         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
13850
13851         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
13852         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be
13853         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked
13854         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
13855         position of.
13856         """
13857         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs)
13858
13859 _core_.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizer)
13860
13861 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
13862
13863 Left = _core_.Left
13864 Top = _core_.Top
13865 Right = _core_.Right
13866 Bottom = _core_.Bottom
13867 Width = _core_.Width
13868 Height = _core_.Height
13869 Centre = _core_.Centre
13870 Center = _core_.Center
13871 CentreX = _core_.CentreX
13872 CentreY = _core_.CentreY
13873 Unconstrained = _core_.Unconstrained
13874 AsIs = _core_.AsIs
13875 PercentOf = _core_.PercentOf
13876 Above = _core_.Above
13877 Below = _core_.Below
13878 LeftOf = _core_.LeftOf
13879 RightOf = _core_.RightOf
13880 SameAs = _core_.SameAs
13881 Absolute = _core_.Absolute
13882 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object):
13883     """
13884     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as
13885     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in.
13886     You will never need to create an instance of
13887     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a
13888     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints
13889     that it contains.
13890     """
13891     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13892     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
13893     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13894     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
13895         """
13896         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN)
13897
13898         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the
13899         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs.
13900         """
13901         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
13902
13903     def LeftOf(*args, **kwargs):
13904         """
13905         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13906
13907         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an
13908         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the
13909         other window.
13910         """
13911         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args, **kwargs)
13912
13913     def RightOf(*args, **kwargs):
13914         """
13915         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13916
13917         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an
13918         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the
13919         other window.
13920         """
13921         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args, **kwargs)
13922
13923     def Above(*args, **kwargs):
13924         """
13925         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13926
13927         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional
13928         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other
13929         window.
13930         """
13931         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args, **kwargs)
13932
13933     def Below(*args, **kwargs):
13934         """
13935         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13936
13937         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional
13938         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other
13939         window.
13940         """
13941         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args, **kwargs)
13942
13943     def SameAs(*args, **kwargs):
13944         """
13945         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0)
13946
13947         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the
13948         given window, with an optional margin.
13949         """
13950         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args, **kwargs)
13951
13952     def PercentOf(*args, **kwargs):
13953         """
13954         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per)
13955
13956         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given
13957         window, with an optional margin.
13958         """
13959         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args, **kwargs)
13960
13961     def Absolute(*args, **kwargs):
13962         """
13963         Absolute(self, int val)
13964
13965         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value.
13966         """
13967         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args, **kwargs)
13968
13969     def Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs):
13970         """
13971         Unconstrained(self)
13972
13973         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on
13974         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced.
13975         """
13976         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs)
13977
13978     def AsIs(*args, **kwargs):
13979         """
13980         AsIs(self)
13981
13982         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at
13983         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*,
13984         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important
13985         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default
13986         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the
13987         button label.
13988         """
13989         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args, **kwargs)
13990
13991     def GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs):
13992         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window"""
13993         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs)
13994
13995     def GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13996         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int"""
13997         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13998
13999     def SetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
14000         """SetEdge(self, int which)"""
14001         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
14002
14003     def SetValue(*args, **kwargs):
14004         """SetValue(self, int v)"""
14005         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args, **kwargs)
14006
14007     def GetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
14008         """GetMargin(self) -> int"""
14009         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
14010
14011     def SetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
14012         """SetMargin(self, int m)"""
14013         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
14014
14015     def GetValue(*args, **kwargs):
14016         """GetValue(self) -> int"""
14017         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args, **kwargs)
14018
14019     def GetPercent(*args, **kwargs):
14020         """GetPercent(self) -> int"""
14021         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args, **kwargs)
14022
14023     def GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs):
14024         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int"""
14025         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs)
14026
14027     def GetDone(*args, **kwargs):
14028         """GetDone(self) -> bool"""
14029         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args, **kwargs)
14030
14031     def SetDone(*args, **kwargs):
14032         """SetDone(self, bool d)"""
14033         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args, **kwargs)
14034
14035     def GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
14036         """GetRelationship(self) -> int"""
14037         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
14038
14039     def SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
14040         """SetRelationship(self, int r)"""
14041         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
14042
14043     def ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs):
14044         """
14045         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool
14046
14047         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin
14048         """
14049         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs)
14050
14051     def SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs):
14052         """
14053         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool
14054
14055         Try to satisfy constraint
14056         """
14057         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs)
14058
14059     def GetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
14060         """
14061         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int
14062
14063         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this
14064         is not determinable, -1.
14065         """
14066         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
14067
14068     Done = property(GetDone,SetDone,doc="See `GetDone` and `SetDone`")
14069     Margin = property(GetMargin,SetMargin,doc="See `GetMargin` and `SetMargin`")
14070     MyEdge = property(GetMyEdge,doc="See `GetMyEdge`")
14071     OtherEdge = property(GetOtherEdge,doc="See `GetOtherEdge`")
14072     OtherWindow = property(GetOtherWindow,doc="See `GetOtherWindow`")
14073     Percent = property(GetPercent,doc="See `GetPercent`")
14074     Relationship = property(GetRelationship,SetRelationship,doc="See `GetRelationship` and `SetRelationship`")
14075     Value = property(GetValue,SetValue,doc="See `GetValue` and `SetValue`")
14076 _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraint)
14077
14078 class LayoutConstraints(Object):
14079     """
14080     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers
14081     instead.
14082
14083     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its
14084     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent.
14085
14086     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class
14087     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed
14088     directly to set the appropriate constraints.
14089
14090         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window
14091         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window
14092         * top: represents the top edge of the window
14093         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window
14094         * width: represents the width of the window
14095         * height: represents the height of the window
14096         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window
14097         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window
14098
14099     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship
14100     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by
14101     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height,
14102     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a
14103     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be
14104     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If
14105     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed.
14106
14107     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints`
14108
14109     """
14110     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
14111     __repr__ = _swig_repr
14112     left = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_left_get)
14113     top = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_top_get)
14114     right = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_right_get)
14115     bottom = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get)
14116     width = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_width_get)
14117     height = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_height_get)
14118     centreX = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get)
14119     centreY = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get)
14120     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
14121         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints"""
14122         _core_.LayoutConstraints_swiginit(self,_core_.new_LayoutConstraints(*args, **kwargs))
14123     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_LayoutConstraints
14124     __del__ = lambda self : None;
14125     def SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
14126         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)"""
14127         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
14128
14129     def AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs):
14130         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool"""
14131         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs)
14132
14133 _core_.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraints)
14134
14135 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14136
14137 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not
14138 try:
14139     True
14140 except NameError:
14141     __builtins__.True = 1==1
14142     __builtins__.False = 1==0
14143     def bool(value): return not not value
14144     __builtins__.bool = bool
14145
14146
14147
14148 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names
14149 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge'
14150 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider'
14151 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar'
14152
14153
14154 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14155 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor
14156 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets.
14157
14158 from __version__ import *
14159 __version__ = VERSION_STRING
14160
14161 assert MAJOR_VERSION == _core_.MAJOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
14162 assert MINOR_VERSION == _core_.MINOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
14163 if RELEASE_VERSION != _core_.RELEASE_VERSION:
14164     import warnings
14165     warnings.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch")
14166
14167
14168 def version():
14169     """Returns a string containing version and port info"""
14170     ctype = wx.USE_UNICODE and 'unicode' or 'ansi'
14171     if wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__':
14172         port = 'msw'
14173     elif wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__':
14174         port = 'mac'
14175     elif wx.Platform == '__WXGTK__':
14176         port = 'gtk'
14177         if 'gtk2' in wx.PlatformInfo:
14178             port = 'gtk2'
14179     else:
14180         port = '?'
14181
14182     return "%s (%s-%s)" % (wx.VERSION_STRING, port, ctype)
14183
14184
14185 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14186
14187 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from
14188 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We
14189 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the
14190 # encoding we need to use as well.)
14191 #
14192 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects
14193 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be
14194 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be
14195 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see
14196 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
14197 # between the common latin/roman encodings.
14198
14199 default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
14200 if default == 'ascii':
14201     import locale
14202     import codecs
14203     try:
14204         if hasattr(locale, 'getpreferredencoding'):
14205             default = locale.getpreferredencoding()
14206         else:
14207             default = locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]
14208         codecs.lookup(default)
14209     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError):
14210         default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
14211     del locale
14212     del codecs
14213 if default:
14214     wx.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default)
14215 del default
14216
14217 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14218
14219 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError):
14220     pass
14221
14222 class _wxPyDeadObject(object):
14223     """
14224     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__
14225     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help
14226     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer.
14227     """
14228     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)"
14229     attrStr = "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed."
14230
14231     def __repr__(self):
14232         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
14233             self._name = "[unknown]"
14234         return self.reprStr % self._name
14235
14236     def __getattr__(self, *args):
14237         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
14238             self._name = "[unknown]"
14239         raise PyDeadObjectError(self.attrStr % self._name)
14240
14241     def __nonzero__(self):
14242         return 0
14243
14244
14245
14246 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError):
14247     pass
14248
14249 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object):
14250     """
14251     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is
14252     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App
14253     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will
14254     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an
14255     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance
14256     is ready.
14257     """
14258
14259     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)"
14260     attrStr = "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed."
14261
14262     def __repr__(self):
14263         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
14264         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
14265         return self.reprStr #% self._name
14266
14267     def __getattr__(self, *args):
14268         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
14269         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
14270         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self.attrStr) # % self._name )
14271
14272     def __nonzero__(self):
14273         return 0
14274
14275
14276 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14277
14278 def CallAfter(callable, *args, **kw):
14279     """
14280     Call the specified function after the current and pending event
14281     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI
14282     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or
14283     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called.
14284
14285     :see: `wx.CallLater`
14286     """
14287     app = wx.GetApp()
14288     assert app is not None, 'No wx.App created yet'
14289
14290     if not hasattr(app, "_CallAfterId"):
14291         app._CallAfterId = wx.NewEventType()
14292         app.Connect(-1, -1, app._CallAfterId,
14293                     lambda event: event.callable(*event.args, **event.kw) )
14294     evt = wx.PyEvent()
14295     evt.SetEventType(app._CallAfterId)
14296     evt.callable = callable
14297     evt.args = args
14298     evt.kw = kw
14299     wx.PostEvent(app, evt)
14300
14301 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14302
14303
14304 class CallLater:
14305     """
14306     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable
14307     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any
14308     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is
14309     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method.
14310
14311     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer
14312     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will
14313     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer
14314     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when
14315     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.CallLater
14316     object.
14317
14318     :see: `wx.CallAfter`
14319     """
14320     def __init__(self, millis, callable, *args, **kwargs):
14321         self.millis = millis
14322         self.callable = callable
14323         self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
14324         self.runCount = 0
14325         self.running = False
14326         self.hasRun = False
14327         self.result = None
14328         self.timer = None
14329         self.Start()
14330
14331     def __del__(self):
14332         self.Stop()
14333
14334
14335     def Start(self, millis=None, *args, **kwargs):
14336         """
14337         (Re)start the timer
14338         """
14339         self.hasRun = False
14340         if millis is not None:
14341             self.millis = millis
14342         if args or kwargs:
14343             self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
14344         self.Stop()
14345         self.timer = wx.PyTimer(self.Notify)
14346         self.timer.Start(self.millis, wx.TIMER_ONE_SHOT)
14347         self.running = True
14348     Restart = Start
14349
14350
14351     def Stop(self):
14352         """
14353         Stop and destroy the timer.
14354         """
14355         if self.timer is not None:
14356             self.timer.Stop()
14357             self.timer = None
14358
14359
14360     def GetInterval(self):
14361         if self.timer is not None:
14362             return self.timer.GetInterval()
14363         else:
14364             return 0
14365
14366
14367     def IsRunning(self):
14368         return self.timer is not None and self.timer.IsRunning()
14369
14370
14371     def SetArgs(self, *args, **kwargs):
14372         """
14373         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is
14374         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a
14375         new call to the same callable object but with different
14376         parameters.
14377         """
14378         self.args = args
14379         self.kwargs = kwargs
14380
14381
14382     def HasRun(self):
14383         return self.hasRun
14384
14385     def GetResult(self):
14386         return self.result
14387
14388     def Notify(self):
14389         """
14390         The timer has expired so call the callable.
14391         """
14392         if self.callable and getattr(self.callable, 'im_self', True):
14393             self.runCount += 1
14394             self.running = False
14395             self.result = self.callable(*self.args, **self.kwargs)
14396         self.hasRun = True
14397         if not self.running:
14398             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup
14399             wx.CallAfter(self.Stop)
14400
14401     Interval = property(GetInterval)
14402     Result = property(GetResult)
14403
14404
14405 class FutureCall(CallLater):
14406     """A compatibility alias for `CallLater`."""
14407
14408 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14409 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc.
14410 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size
14411 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects,
14412 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead
14413 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods
14414 # where they should be used.
14415
14416 class __DocFilter:
14417     """
14418     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and
14419     functions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs.
14420     """
14421     def __init__(self, globals):
14422         self._globals = globals
14423
14424     def __call__(self, name):
14425         import types
14426         obj = self._globals.get(name, None)
14427
14428         # only document classes and function
14429         if type(obj) not in [type, types.ClassType, types.FunctionType, types.BuiltinFunctionType]:
14430             return False
14431
14432         # skip other things that are private or will be documented as part of somethign else
14433         if name.startswith('_') or name.startswith('EVT') or name.endswith('_swigregister')  or name.endswith('Ptr') :
14434             return False
14435
14436         # skip functions that are duplicates of static functions in a class
14437         if name.find('_') != -1:
14438             cls = self._globals.get(name.split('_')[0], None)
14439             methname = name.split('_')[1]
14440             if hasattr(cls, methname) and type(getattr(cls, methname)) is types.FunctionType:
14441                 return False
14442
14443         return True
14444
14445 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14446 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14447
14448 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the
14449 # "core" wx namespace
14450 from _gdi import *
14451 from _windows import *
14452 from _controls import *
14453 from _misc import *
14454
14455 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14456 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14457
14458
14459